Quarterlytics / Consumer Defensive / Food Distribution / SpartanNash Company

SpartanNash Company

sptn · NASDAQ Consumer Defensive
Claim this profile
Ticker sptn
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Consumer Defensive
Industry Food Distribution
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · SpartanNash Company
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2018 Annual Report

2018 SpartanNash Annual Report

Financial Highlights
December 28, 20131
Net Sales (in billions)
December 28, 20132

$2.60

$3.19

January 3, 20151

January 2, 2016

December 31, 2016

December 30, 2017

December 29, 2018

December 28, 20131
Adjusted EBITDA (in millions)
December 28, 20132

$97

$127

January 3, 20151

 January 2, 2016

December 31, 2016

December 30, 2017

December 29, 2018

Operating Cash Flows (in millions)

January 3, 20151

January 2, 2016

December 31, 2016

December 30, 2017

December 29, 2018

$53

$139

$157

$172

$7.67 

$7.53 

$7.56 

$7.96 

$8.06 

53rd week impact

$7.67

$7.81

$7.53

$7.56

$7.96

$8.06

$233

$237

$229

$231

$236

$209

$219

The adjusted financial information presented reflects non GAAP financial measures. Please see pages 26-30 and page 36 of the enclosed Form 10-K for the 
respective reconciliations of these measures. (Dollars in millions, except per share data and percentage data)

                                                                                                       Year Ended
53 Weeks1 
1/3/2015 

52 Weeks 
1/2/2016 

52 Weeks 

52 Weeks 
12/31/2016  12/30/2017 

Net sales 

Gross profit margin 

Operating earnings 

Adjusted operating earnings 

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations 

Adjusted earnings from continuing operations  

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations per diluted share  

Adjusted earnings from continuing operations per diluted share 

Adjusted EBITDA 

Cash provided from operating activities 

Total debt 

Total net long term debt 

$  7,806 

14.8% 

$  7,528 

14.8% 

117 

139 

59 

70 

1.57 

1.85 

237 

139 

561 

555 

123 

141 

63 

75 

1.67 

1.98 

229 

219 

487 

464 

$  7,561 

$  7,964 

14.7% 

109 

149 

57 

82 

1.52 

2.19 

231 

157 

431 

407 

14.4% 

(107) 

143 

(53) 

79 

(1.41) 

2.10 

236 

53 

750 

734 

52 Weeks
12/29/2018
$8,065

13.8%

71

116

34

67

0.94

1.87

209

172

698

679

1    Fiscal year ended January 3, 2015 include a 53rd week of operations due to the Company’s fiscal calendar. For the year ended January 3, 2015, the 53rd week contributed sales of $133.3 million, 

operating earnings of $3.7 million, earnings from continuing operations of $2.0 million or $0.05 per diluted share, and adjusted EBITDA of $3.7 million. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Letter to our Shareholders

Fiscal 2018 was a year of great opportunity and challenge. While we did 
not achieve the financial results we expected, our associates worked as 
one team to position SpartanNash to succeed across our Food Distribution, 
Military and Retail business segments in a dynamic operating environment. 
We expanded our business with new and existing customers in Food 
Distribution, grew our private brand and traditional offerings in Military and 
continued to execute our brand positioning initiatives in Retail.  

Our Company has recently executed several strategic actions that will 
position us to deliver on our long-term objectives and provide value to 
shareholders. First, we amended our current credit facility, allowing for 
additional capacity and enabling growth through acquisition. Second, 
we acquired Martin’s Super Markets (“Martin’s”), a highly respected food 
retailer with complementary brand positioning and store footprint to our 
current corporate owned retail stores. Third, we made strategic additions to the senior management team through the 
hiring of a new Chief Merchandising and Marketing Officer, Lori Raya, and Chief Information Officer, Arif Dar. Both of these 
individuals bring extensive experience in their fields and will play key roles in carrying forward the initiatives of the Company. 
Lastly, we launched Project One Team, an intensive company-wide initiative to increase efficiency and reduce costs, while 
facilitating growth. Project One Team is still early in its implementation, however the Company is focused on identifying and 
executing opportunities and sustaining the process in all aspects of its business, including those which improve supply chain 
efficiency, leverage technology and improve the products and services offered to customers.  

David M. Staples
President and Chief 
Executive Officer

Dennis Eidson
Chairman of the 
Board of Directors 

For fiscal 2018, consolidated net sales increased $100.8 million to $8.06 billion from $7.96 billion in the prior fiscal year. 
The increase in net sales was driven by growth in the Food Distribution and Military segments. We continue to be pleased 
with our ability to generate strong cash flow and return value to shareholders. In 2018, we generated consolidated operating 
cash flows of $171.7 million, an increase of $118.9 million compared to 2017 due to lower working capital requirements, 
particularly inventory and accounts receivable. We returned $45.9 million to shareholders, including $25.9 million in the form 
of cash dividends and the repurchase of approximately 952,000 shares of our common stock for $20.0 million. 

BUSINESS SEGMENTS
The fourth quarter of 2018 represented our 11th consecutive quarter of sales growth in the Food Distribution segment. 
This growth has come from our ability to attract new accounts and to continue to provide a strong partnership to existing 
accounts through offering expanded services and geographical reach. We continue to develop strategies to grow the 
perimeter and center store, as well as sponsor programs to partner with independent retailers to help them succeed in this 
intensely competitive marketplace. We continue to see opportunities for new business wins and are leveraging strategic 
partnerships and our network to position us to realize these opportunities. 

Our strategies will continue to focus on improving our supply chain efficiency and processes to better serve our customers, 
address industry-wide cost pressures and realize our growth opportunities. On the food processing front, we are focused 
on efforts which will improve yield, rationalize our product mix and adjust pricing to reflect the significant cost increases 
experienced to-date. We have already begun to see some of the positive effects of these efforts during the first quarter of 
2019.

Our Military segment onboarded a significant new fresh protein program with an existing customer during 2018. We also 
expanded our partnership with the Defense Commissary Agency (“DeCA”) and realized an increase in private brand net 
sales and product offerings. We are pleased to see the continued growth of DeCA’s private brand, finishing fiscal 2018 as 
the sole supplier of DeCA’s more than 700 private brand products. We will continue to collaborate with DeCA on the release 
of additional items in fiscal 2019. The contribution of these two programs are expected to significantly offset the negative 
comparable sales experienced in the commissaries. We remain focused on growing our sales pipeline as we build on our 
relationships with the DeCA and the exchanges to remain the supplier of choice for their operations.

Our brand positioning initiative within the Retail segment was implemented in additional stores during fiscal 2018, with a 
more significant implementation planned in the first half of 2019. We are encouraged with the consumer response thus far 
and believe these efforts will increasingly position us to win in the current retail environment. We are also excited to have 
closed on the acquisition of Martin’s early in 2019.  Martin’s brand positioning complements the positive elements we are 
implementing in our stores under the Family Fare® banner and will be a great fit with our store base.

Letter to our Shareholders - continued from previous page

OUTLOOK
In fiscal 2019, we expect the operating environment to remain challenging. At the same time, we look forward to the 
opportunities it will present for us to grow and move our company forward in line with our strategic objectives. We 
believe that the next one to two years will be conducive to our acquisition strategy, which is a key component of our 
growth objectives. Our top priorities for fiscal 2019 will include achieving mid-single digit sales growth, driving adjusted 
operating earnings and adjusted EBITDA growth over the prior year, realizing $15 million of savings over the next 24 
months from Project One Team, strengthening our management team, systems and supply chain operations to further 
position the Company for future growth and reducing our debt levels and financial leverage ratios to facilitate these 
objectives.

We are very excited about the additions to our senior management team and have already begun to see the enthusiasm 
they are able to ignite as we continue to build technology resources and infrastructure to improve our efficiency and 
provide a better experience to our customers in each of our business segments.  

We have commenced the implementation of the opportunities identified as part of Project One Team as we work to 
continue our growth and seek opportunities to capitalize on new business made available by disruption in the industry, 
while improving profitability. We look forward to successfully integrating Martin’s into our retail operations and further 
contributing to their legacy of delivering a quality shopping experience and a high level of customer service. 

We are committed to cultivating local relationships and products, advancing diversity and inclusion, investing in our 
communities, minimizing waste and reducing energy consumption – all components of our company’s corporate 
responsibility dashboard. This is accomplished, in part, through the efforts of our associates, who volunteered more 
than 57,000 hours with local nonprofits, representing an economic impact of nearly $1.4 million. We also sponsored 
another successful Helping Hands Day, providing an opportunity for our associates to spend a full day volunteering at 
local charitable organizations. In addition, we donated more than 5.4 million pounds of food to local food banks and 
pantries, contributed $1.4 million in corporate philanthropic investments with more than 3,000 community partners and 
made grants of $1.5 million through the SpartanNash Foundation to relieve hunger, provide shelter and support military 
families.  We also reduced our carbon footprint with company-wide recycling initiatives and investments in energy and 
waste saving practices. We are honored to have been recognized by the National Association for Business Resources 
as one of the Best and Brightest Companies to Work For in the Nation®, as well as a Military Friendly® Employer. 

We are committed to executing our priorities of generating returns for our shareholders, providing outstanding products 
and services that exceed customer expectations, and fostering a great environment for our associates to enhance 
their careers, grow and thrive. In a high turnover industry, we are proud to say that more than one third of our more 
than 15,000 associates have worked for SpartanNash for more than 10 years, which is a testament to the high 
degree to which we value our associates and their contributions. Our strategies and investments serve to strengthen 
our competitive positioning while realizing our vision: to be a best-in-class business that feels local, where 
relationships matter. 

In 2019, we will continue to execute on our operational and long-term strategies as we evolve into a growth company, 
focused on developing a national, highly efficient distribution platform, that services a diverse customer base. We will 
also continue to invest in our associates and the communities where we live and serve. We would like to thank our 
customers and suppliers for their partnership, our shareholders for their support, and most importantly our associates 
for their daily efforts to execute our strategic plan. Our team looks forward to 2019 and another year of generating value 
for all of our stakeholders. 

Dennis Eidson 
Chairman of the Board of Directors 

David M. Staples
President and Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

⌧ Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 29, 2018. 
OR 

(cid:4) Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 

For the transition period from              to             . 
Commission File Number: 000-31127 

SPARTANNASH COMPANY 

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter) 

Michigan
(State or Other Jurisdiction) of
Incorporation or Organization)

850 76th Street, S.W.
P.O. Box 8700
Grand Rapids, Michigan
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

38-0593940
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

49518-8700
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (616) 878-2000 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act: 

Title of Class
Common Stock, no par value

Name of Exchange on which Registered
NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ⌧    No  (cid:4)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  (cid:4)    No  ⌧ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the 
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 
days.    Yes  ⌧    No  (cid:4) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T 
(§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes  ⌧    No  (cid:4) 

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  disclosure  of  delinquent  filers  pursuant  to  Item 405  of  Regulation  S-K  is  not  contained  herein,  and  will  not  be  contained,  to  the  best  of 
registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  (cid:4) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or emerging growth 
company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,”  “smaller  reporting  company,”  and  “emerging  growth  company”  in  Rule  12b-2  of  the 
Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer

Emerging 
company

growth 

⌧

(cid:4)

Accelerated filer

(cid:4)

Non-accelerated filer

(cid:4)

Smaller reporting company

(cid:4)

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised 
financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  (cid:4)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  (cid:4)    No  ⌧ 

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates based on the last sales price of such stock on the NASDAQ 
Global Select Market on July 13, 2018 (which was the last trading day of the registrant’s second quarter in the fiscal year ended December 29, 2018) was $910,826,011. 

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s Common Stock, no par value, as of February 25, 2019 was 35,952,014, all of one class. 

Part III, Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14

Proxy Statement for Annual Meeting to be held May 22, 2019

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Forward-Looking Statements

The matters discussed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, in the Company’s press releases and in the Company’s website-accessible 
conference calls with analysts and investor presentations include “forward-looking statements” about the plans, strategies, objectives, 
goals or expectations of SpartanNash Company and subsidiaries (“SpartanNash” or the “Company”). These forward-looking 
statements are identifiable by words or phrases indicating that SpartanNash or management “expects,” “anticipates,” “plans,” 
“believes,” or “estimates,” or that a particular occurrence or event “will,” “may,” “could,” “should,” or “will likely” result, occur or be 
pursued or “continue” in the future, that the “outlook” or “trend” is toward a particular result or occurrence, that a development is an 
“opportunity,” “priority,” “strategy,” “focus,” that the Company is “positioned” for a particular result, or similarly stated expectations. 
Accounting estimates, such as those described under the heading “Critical Accounting Policies” in Item 7 of this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K, are inherently forward-looking. The Company’s asset impairment and restructuring cost provisions are estimates and 
actual costs may be more or less than these estimates and differences may be material. Undue reliance should not be placed on these 
forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of the Annual Report, other report, release, presentation, or statement. 

In addition to other risks and uncertainties described in connection with the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K and other periodic reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), there are many 
important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially. These risks and uncertainties include general business conditions, 
changes in overall economic conditions that impact consumer spending, the Company’s ability to integrate acquired assets, the impact 
of competition and other factors which are often beyond the control of the Company, and other risks listed in Part I, “Item 1A. Risk 
Factors,” of this report and risks and uncertainties not presently known to the Company or that the Company currently deems 
immaterial.

This section and the discussions contained in Item 1A. “Risk Factors,” and in Item 7, subheading “Critical Accounting Policies” in 
this report, both of which are incorporated here by reference, are intended to provide meaningful cautionary statements for purposes of 
the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. This should not be construed as a complete list of 
all of the economic, competitive, governmental, technological and other factors that could adversely affect the Company’s expected 
consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to 
SpartanNash or that SpartanNash currently believes are immaterial also may impair its business, operations, liquidity, financial 
condition and prospects. The Company undertakes no obligation to update or revise its forward-looking statements to reflect 
developments that occur or information obtained after the date of this Annual Report. 

-2-

PART I 

Item 1.  Business 

Overview 

SpartanNash Company (together with its subsidiaries, “SpartanNash” or the “Company”) is a Fortune 400 company whose core 
businesses include distributing grocery products to a diverse group of independent and chain retailers, its corporate owned retail 
stores, and military commissaries and exchanges. SpartanNash serves customer locations in all 50 United States (“U.S.”), the District 
of Columbia, Europe, Cuba, Puerto Rico, Honduras, Bahrain, Djibouti and Egypt. Through its Military segment, the Company is the 
exclusive worldwide supplier of private brand products to U.S. military commissaries. The Company’s Retail segment operates 
supermarkets that have a “neighborhood market” focus to distinguish them from supercenters and limited assortment stores. The 
Company operates three reportable business segments: Food Distribution, Military and Retail. 

The Company’s fiscal year end is the Saturday closest to December 31. The following discussion is as of and for the fiscal years 
ending or ended December 28, 2019 ("2019"), December 29, 2018 (“2018” or “current year”), December 30, 2017 (“2017” or “prior 
year”) and December 31, 2016 (“2016”), all of which include 52 weeks. All fiscal quarters are 12 weeks, except for the Company’s 
first quarter, which is 16 weeks and will generally include the Easter holiday. The fourth quarter includes the Thanksgiving and 
Christmas holidays, and depending on the fiscal year end, may include the New Year’s holiday.

Established in 1917 as a cooperative grocery distributor, Spartan Stores Inc. merged with Nash-Finch Company (“Nash-Finch”) and 
the combined company was named SpartanNash Company. Unless the context otherwise requires, the use of the terms “SpartanNash,” 
and the “Company” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K refers to the surviving corporation SpartanNash Company and, as applicable, 
its consolidated subsidiaries. 

The Company’s differentiated business model of Food Distribution, Military and Retail operations utilizes the complementary nature 
of each segment and enhances the ability of the Company’s independent retailers to compete in the grocery industry long-term. The 
model produces operational efficiencies, helps stimulate distribution product demand, and provides sharper visibility and broader 
business growth options. In addition, the diversification of the Food Distribution, Military and Retail segments provides added 
flexibility to pursue the best long-term growth opportunities in each segment. 

SpartanNash’s mission is to leverage our expertise in food distribution and retail to develop, activate and provide impactful solutions 
that exceed expectations for associates, customers and business partners. In addition, the Company strives to create value for the 
Company's shareholders, retailers, and customers. To support these objectives, the Company has the following priorities and strategies 
within its Food Distribution, Military, and Retail segments:

Food Distribution Segment: 

(cid:3) Maximize growth opportunities by leveraging the Company’s unique combination of supply chain capabilities and retail 

competency to exceed the expectations of current and prospective customers.

(cid:3) Optimize and grow the supply chain network to create a highly efficient national distribution platform that provides innovative 

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

and impactful supply chain solutions for a variety of different sales channels.

Proactively pursue financially and strategically attractive acquisition opportunities. 

Transform the SpartanNash fresh, fresh-prepared produce and prepared meal solutions to differentiate our offerings and 
increase market share.

(cid:3) Continue to elevate private brands to a best-in-class offering that matches customer needs and preferences through a selection 

of private brands focused on quality, value, variety, taste and convenience.

(cid:3) Capitalize on opportunities for growth and diversification in the non-traditional space by growing with the Company’s national 

customers and developing flexible solutions.

Military Segment: 

(cid:3) Continue to support the partnership with the Defense Commissary Agency (“DeCA”) through continued expansion of its 

private brand initiative and overall goal of increasing business at the commissaries by offering one-stop shopping and value for 
military customers. 

(cid:3) Grow the business through additional product offerings to DeCA and by developing a produce solution for the territories the 

Company serves.

(cid:3)

Leverage the size and scale of the Company’s Food Distribution and Retail segments to attract additional customers to the 
Company’s Military platform, while leveraging the Company’s strong supply chain network.

-3-

Retail Segment: 

(cid:3) Continue the expansion of the Company’s refreshed brand positioning and execute a more significant implementation in 2019, 

which will enhance the customer’s store experience.

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

Provide customers with high quality fresh offerings, value beyond price, affordable wellness, focus on local, indulgence and 
discovery in the shopping experience and social consciousness and responsibility all with a best-in-class customer experience.

Increase customer satisfaction and loyalty by providing quicker, more convenient shopping experiences through the continued 
expansion of Fast Lane, the Company’s e-commerce solution, which offers online ordering, curbside pick-up and delivery 
services. Invest in additional technologies that improve the customer experience.

Successfully integrate Martin’s Super Markets (“Martin’s”), a retailer acquired in early 2019, to leverage Martin’s existing 
strong brand and execution in the northern Indiana and southwest Michigan markets, while balancing the support, scale and 
execution strategies of the Company.

Supply Chain Network: 

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

Execute innovative solutions to both meet the demands of the Company’s growing Food Distribution segment customers as 
well as to combat current transportation industry headwinds.

Leverage the Company’s competitive position, scale and financial flexibility to further grow its distribution channels through 
existing and new solutions.

(cid:3) Gain efficiency and productivity by leveraging one supply chain network across segments to further realize benefits from 

continued investments in the optimization of the supply chain network.

(cid:3) Achieve best-in-class fill rates through stronger collaboration processes with vendors and warehouse operations partners. 
Realize benefits through instituting a vendor and carrier compliance program and leveraging current technologies in both 
replenishment and inventory management.

Food Distribution Segment 

The Company’s Food Distribution segment uses a multi-channel sales approach to distribute grocery products to independent retailers, 
national retailers, food service distributors, e-commerce providers, and the Company’s corporate owned retail stores. Total net sales 
from the Company’s Food Distribution segment, including sales to corporate owned retail stores that are eliminated in the 
consolidated financial statements, totaled approximately $4.8 billion for 2018. As of the end of 2018, the Company believes it is the 
fifth largest wholesale distributor, in terms of annual revenue, to supermarkets in the United States. 

Customers. The Company’s Food Distribution segment supplies grocery products to a diverse group of approximately 2,100 
independent retail locations with operations ranging from a single store to regional supermarket chains, food service distributors and 
the Company’s corporate owned retail stores. As of December 29, 2018, the Company operates in all 50 states by leveraging a 
platform of 19 distribution centers, as well as third party shipping partners, servicing the Food Distribution and Military segments, 
with the greatest sales concentration in the Midwest and South regions. This extensive geographic reach drives economies of scale and 
provides opportunities for independent retailers to purchase products at competitive prices in order to effectively compete in the 
grocery industry long-term. 

Through its Food Distribution segment, the Company also services national retailers, including Dollar General. Sales to Dollar 
General are made to approximately 15,500 of its retail locations, with sales representing 16.4%, 14.0%, and 11.2% of consolidated net 
sales for 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The Company’s Food Distribution customer base is diverse, and no other single customer 
exceeded 3% of consolidated net sales in any of the years presented.

The Company’s ten largest Food Distribution customers (excluding corporate owned retail stores) accounted for approximately 58% 
of total Food Distribution net sales for 2018. Approximately 85% of Food Distribution net sales for 2018 are covered under supply 
agreements with retailer customers. 

Products. The Company’s Food Distribution segment provides a selection of approximately 60,000 stock-keeping units (SKUs) of 
nationally branded and private brand grocery products (see “Marketing and Merchandising – Private Brands”) and perishable food 
products, including dry groceries, produce, dairy products, meat, delicatessen items, bakery goods, frozen food, seafood, floral 
products, general merchandise, beverages, tobacco products, health and beauty care products and pharmacy. The product offering also 
includes fresh protein-based foods, prepared meals, and value-added products such as fresh-cut fruits and vegetables and prepared 
salads, which the Company manufactures. These product offerings, along with best in class services, allow independent retailers the 
opportunity to support the majority of their operations with a single supplier. 

-4-

Valued-Added Services. The Company provides a comprehensive menu of valued-added services designed to assist independent 
retailers in becoming more profitable, efficient, competitive, and informed. The Company’s service departments are strategic partners 
who provide solutions when time and resources are limited for the independent customers. From real estate and site surveys to a full 
spectrum of merchandising and marketing solutions, independent retailers can find the support they need to effectively operate their 
businesses. The Company provides over 100 distinct value-added services, including the following:

(cid:3)   Retail Development and Consulting
(cid:3)   Website design
(cid:3)   Merchandising
(cid:3)   Marketing and Advertising Solutions
(cid:3)   Shelf Management and Planograms
(cid:3)   Accounting, Payroll and Tax Preparation
(cid:3)   Food Safety and Environmental Health
(cid:3)   Asset Protection
(cid:3)   Supply Solutions
(cid:3)   E- Commerce

Military Segment 

(cid:3)   Consumer Research
(cid:3)   Site development and store design
(cid:3)   Product Reclamation
(cid:3)   Inventory Support
(cid:3)   Category Management
(cid:3)   Customer Service and Order Entry
(cid:3)   Pharmacy Retail and Procurement Services
(cid:3)   Retail Pricing
(cid:3)   Associate Training
(cid:3)   Information Services and Technology Solutions

The Company’s Military segment contracts with manufacturers and brokers to distribute a wide variety of grocery products, including 
dry groceries, beverages, meat, and frozen foods, primarily to U.S. military commissaries and exchanges. The Company’s Military 
segment, together with its partner, Coastal Pacific Food Distributors (“CPFD”), represents the only delivery solution to service DeCA 
worldwide.

DeCA operates a chain of 237 commissaries on U.S. military installations across the world that sells approximately $4.6 billion of 
grocery products annually. The Company distributes grocery products to 160 military commissaries and over 450 exchanges located in 
39 states across the United States and the District of Columbia, Europe, Cuba, Puerto Rico, Honduras, Bahrain, Djibouti and Egypt. 
The Company’s distribution centers are strategically located among the largest concentration of military bases in the areas the 
Company serves and near Atlantic ports used to ship grocery products to overseas commissaries and exchanges. 

The Company is also the DeCA exclusive worldwide supplier of private brand grocery and related products to all U.S. military 
commissaries and exchanges. In accordance with its contract with DeCA, the Company procures the grocery and related products 
from various manufacturers and upon receiving customer orders from DeCA either delivers the products to the U.S. military 
commissaries itself or engages CPFD to deliver the products on its behalf. There are over 700 SKUs of private brand products 
currently in the DeCA system as of December 29, 2018, and the Company anticipates up to 1,000 SKUs will be active within the 
program by the end of 2019. 

DeCA contracts with manufacturers to obtain grocery products for the commissary system. Manufacturers either deliver the products 
to the commissaries themselves or, more commonly, contract with distributors such as SpartanNash to deliver the products. 
Manufacturers must authorize the distributors as their official representatives to DeCA, and the distributors must adhere to DeCA’s 
frequent delivery system (“FDS”) procedures governing matters such as product identification, ordering and processing, information 
exchange and resolution of discrepancies. The Company obtains distribution contracts with manufacturers through competitive 
bidding processes and direct negotiations. 
As of December 29, 2018, the Company has approximately 250 distribution contracts representing approximately 600 manufacturers 
that supply products to the DeCA commissary system and various exchange systems. Generally, larger contracts or those subject to a 
request-for-proposal process have definitive durations, whereas smaller contracts generally have indefinite terms; and all contract 
types allow for termination by either party without cause upon 30 days prior written notice to the other party. The contracts typically 
specify which commissaries and exchanges to supply on behalf of the manufacturer, the manufacturer’s products to be supplied, 
service and delivery requirements, and pricing and payment terms. The Company’s ten largest manufacturer customers represented 
approximately 44.9% of the Company’s Military segment sales for 2018. 

-5-

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
As commissaries need to be restocked, DeCA identifies the manufacturer with which an order is to be placed, determines which 
distributor is the manufacturer’s official representative for a particular commissary or exchange location, and then places a product 
order with that distributor under the auspices of DeCA’s master contract with the applicable manufacturer. The distributor selects that 
product from its existing inventory, delivers it to the commissary or commissaries designated by DeCA, and bills the manufacturer for 
the product shipped. The manufacturer then bills DeCA under the terms of its master contract. Overseas commissaries are serviced in 
a similar fashion, except that a distributor’s responsibility is to deliver products as and when needed to the port designated by DeCA, 
which in turn bears the responsibility for shipping the product to the applicable commissary or overseas warehouse. Due to the unique 
terms of this arrangement, working capital requirements are significant.

After the Company ships a particular manufacturer’s products to commissaries in response to an order from DeCA, the Company 
invoices the manufacturer for the product price plus a drayage fee that is typically based on a percentage of the purchase price. In 
some instances, invoices may be based on a dollar amount per case or per pound of product sold. The Company’s order handling and 
invoicing activities are facilitated by its procurement and billing systems developed specifically for the Military business, which 
address the unique aspects of its business, and provide the Company’s manufacturer customers with a web-based, interactive means of 
accessing critical order, inventory and delivery information.

Retail Segment 

As of December 29, 2018, the Company operates 139 corporate owned retail stores in eight states, predominantly in the Midwest, 
primarily under the banners of Family Fare Supermarkets, D&W Fresh Market, VG’s Grocery, Dan’s Supermarket and Family Fresh 
Market. With the acquisition of Martin’s on December 31, 2018, the Company now operates an additional 21 corporate owned retail 
stores in northern Indiana and southwestern Michigan. Retail banners and numbers of stores are more fully detailed in Item 2, 
“Properties,” of this report. The Company’s corporate owned retail stores range in size from approximately 14,000 to 90,000 total 
square feet, or on average, approximately 41,000 total square feet per store.

The Company’s neighborhood market strategy distinguishes its corporate owned retail stores from supercenters and limited assortment 
stores by focusing on value beyond price, affordable wellness, commitment to local products, indulgence and discovery in the 
shopping experience and caring for the community and environment. The Company’s strategy is also focused on increasing customer 
satisfaction through quality service and convenience.  Through the Company’s e-commerce solution, Fast Lane, as well as other third 
party providers, the Company offers online grocery shopping and curbside pickup or delivery at 83 of its corporate owned retail 
locations.

The Company’s corporate owned retail stores offer nationally branded and private brand grocery products (see “Marketing and 
Merchandising – Private Brands”), as well as perishable food products including dry groceries, produce, dairy products, meat, 
delicatessen items, bakery goods, frozen food, seafood, floral products, general merchandise, beverages, tobacco products and health 
and beauty care products. Private brand grocery products typically generate higher retail margins while also improving customer 
loyalty by offering quality products at affordable prices.

As of December 29, 2018, the Company offers pharmacy services in 82 of its corporate owned retail stores (of which 72 of the 
pharmacies are owned) and operates one free-standing pharmacy location. The Company believes the pharmacy service offering in its 
corporate owned retail stores is an important part of the consumer experience. In its Michigan pharmacies and a number of its 
pharmacies in Minnesota and Nebraska, the Company offers free medications (antibiotics, diabetic medications and prenatal vitamins) 
along with low cost generic drugs, and meal planning solutions for preventative health and education for its customers. 

As of December 29, 2018, the Company operates 29 fuel centers primarily at its corporate owned retail stores operating predominantly 
under the banners Family Fare Quick Stop and D&W Quick Stop. These fuel centers offer refueling facilities and in the adjacent 
convenience store, a limited variety of popular consumable products. The Company’s prototypical Quick Stop stores are 
approximately 1,100 square feet in size. 

The following chart details the changes in the number of corporate owned retail stores over the last five fiscal years:

Number of stores at beginning of year .........................
Stores acquired or constructed during year ..................
Stores closed or sold during year..................................
Number of stores at end of year....................................

172   
1   
11   
162   

162   
7   
6   
163   

163   
—   
6   
157   

157   
—   
12   
145   

145 
— 
6 
139  

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

During 2018, the Company completed five remodels. The Company expects to continue making targeted capital investments during 
2019 in connection with its retail brand positioning initiative. Where opportunities arise, the Company may open new retail and fuel 
center locations or enter into partnerships with existing fuel center operations. The Company will continue to evaluate its store base 
and may close or sell stores in 2019 in line with its store rationalization initiatives. 

-6-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In the first quarter of 2019 the Company acquired Martin’s, a leading family-owned and operated Midwest independent supermarket 
chain. This acquisition expanded the Company’s corporate retail footprint into the adjacent regions of northern Indiana and 
southwestern Michigan. Martin’s was previously a Food Distribution segment customer of the Company, and SpartanNash’s and 
Martin’s merchandising, marketing, and operations teams have a history of working collaboratively on many business improvement 
projects.

Supply Chain Network

The Company continues to integrate its supply chain organization to optimize the network, increase asset utilization and leverage 
programs that will drive more value for its retailers, customers, and shareholders. The Company continually reviews the optimization 
of its network and, through doing so, has expanded Food Distribution operations in select facilities which were previously dedicated 
solely to the Military segment. 

The Company’s distribution network is composed of 19 distribution centers, which are utilized to service the Food Distribution and 
Military segments. The distribution centers provide for approximately 8.6 million total square feet of warehouse space. The Company 
has new and ongoing initiatives to improve the efficiency of its supply chain through innovation, investments in technology and 
automation.

The Company operates a fleet with over 500 over-the-road tractors, 450 dry vans, and 1,000 refrigerated trailers and has begun adding 
a fleet of multi-temperature straight trucks to improve its delivery performance to its growing number of smaller format store 
customers. Through routing optimization systems, the Company carefully manages the more than 64 million miles driven by its fleet 
and third-party carriers annually servicing military commissaries, exchanges, independent retailers, national retailers and corporate 
owned retail stores.

Reporting Segment Financial Data and Products 

Refer to the segment information in the notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information about the Company’s 
sales by type of similar products and services. All of the Company’s sales and assets are in the United States of America. Consolidated 
net sales include the net sales of its Food Distribution segment, which exclude sales to corporate owned retail stores, the net sales of 
its Military segment, and the net sales of its corporate owned retail stores and fuel centers in its Retail segment.

Discontinued Operations 

Certain of the Company’s Food Distribution and Retail segment operations have been recorded as discontinued operations. 
Discontinued operations consist of certain locations that have been closed or sold. 

Marketing and Merchandising 

General. The Company continues to align its marketing and merchandising strategies with current consumer behaviors by delivering 
initiatives centered on personalization, value beyond price, affordable wellness, local focus, indulgence and discovery and social 
responsibility – all designed to enhance the shopping experience. During 2018, the Company continued to refresh its brand positioning 
for Family Fare, its primary retail banner, to incorporate these areas of focus and respond to evolving customer needs. These 
strategies seek to use consumer data and insights to deliver products, promotions, content and experiences to satisfy the consumer’s 
needs. 

The Company believes that data from its “yes”™ loyalty program gives it competitive insight into consumer shopping behavior. This 
gives the Company the flexibility to adapt to rapidly changing conditions by making tactical and more effective adjustments to its 
marketing and merchandising programs. As investments are made to remodel and/or rebanner various stores, the Company continues 
to roll out the “yes”™ program to expand its knowledge of its customers and to provide its loyalty rewards in additional markets. 
During fiscal 2019, the Company will also begin using artificial intelligence to develop and optimize its weekly circular.

The Company has been building tools and capabilities to enable relevant, personalized content across its marketing channels and 
focusing on expanding its digital, social and mobile capabilities. Mobile apps specific to each retail banner, provide consumers with 
the ability to view store ads, create shopping lists, shop via Fast Lane, clip coupons, and join virtual shopping clubs from their mobile 
device. The Company also piloted a mobile self-checkout application, and expanded its e-commerce platform. These enhancements 
will help the Company build longer-term customer loyalty through convenience and value, maintain efficient marketing spend and 
increase return on investment, improve its sales growth opportunities, and further strengthen its business position. As the Company 
continues to build these capabilities, along with its other strategies, the Company will continue to share its marketing and 
merchandising learnings and best practices across its independent customer base within the Food Distribution segment.

-7-

In addition to sharing the expertise gained in its Retail operations, the Company differentiates itself from its competitors by offering a 
full set of value-added support services to its Food Distribution customers. These services, which are further described above, help the 
independent retailers to operate and compete effectively, and many of them are not offered by the Company’s competition.

As the Company works to better differentiate its Retail stores and implement its refreshed brand positioning, the Company is 
selectively adding products and services to better meet customers’ changing needs. For instance, the Company is adding full service 
meat and seafood departments which include many items handmade in store, and has added produce preparation services, 
smokehouses, expanded beer and wine selections, and other offerings to enhance the customers’ experience. The Company has been 
refreshing its in-store messaging and décor. Signage and displays are being updated in departments such as pet products, laundry, and 
snacks in order to improve foot traffic in these aisles and drive sales. The Company continues to add fuel centers and Starbucks or 
Caribou Coffee shops in certain corporate owned retail stores, and also provides consumers with fuel purchase discounts at fuel 
centers through its corporate owned retail stores or by partnering with third party fuel centers.

As consumers increasingly emphasize affordable wellness, the Company believes that it can be a provider and resource for products 
and services that will support their needs. In 2018, the Company expanded its offerings and partnerships and undertook the following 
key initiatives. First, the Company continued to expand its “Living Well” product offerings through in-line merchandising concepts. 
Second, the Company established partnerships with health systems and providers to provide wellness specialist-led store tours to help 
educate consumers to make healthier food choices. Third, the Company increased its retail product offering and assortment for 
organic, gluten-free, meat-free, non-GMO products and other healthier food options. Finally, the Company offers a best in class 
pharmacy program, including low cost generics and free diabetic and prenatal prescriptions.

In support of its commitment to local products and caring for the community and environment, the Company is proud to work with 
local farmers and vendors to provide locally grown produce and products in many of its stores. The Company offers a significant 
selection of local products in many of its stores, well in excess of most of its competitors’ offerings. In some of its stores, the 
Company collects items from customers for recycling, and the Company has been recognized as a best-in-class recycler of its own 
waste. Also, in an effort to reduce costs and reduce its environmental footprint, the Company has many initiatives to reduce energy 
usage, including the installation of energy efficient lighting and refrigeration in its stores.

Private Brands. SpartanNash provides a best-in-class private brand program, offering a full line of proprietary and licensed private 
brands in its corporate owned retail stores and its independent retailer customers, as well as partnering with DeCA in the design and 
launch of its private brand program. SpartanNash believes that its private brand offerings are some of its most valuable strategic 
assets, demonstrated through customer loyalty and profitability. The Company continues to invest in improvements to its private 
brands by offering quality, value, and assortment, and believes the success of its private brands to be of vital importance. The 
Company’s products have been frequently recognized for excellence in packaging design and product development.

The Company continues to enhance its private brand programs for both independent customers and corporate owned retail stores, and 
in 2018, completed the launch of its Our Family® private brand into its Michigan stores. The transition from the Spartan™ brand to 
Our Family® provides the Company with a company-wide, national brand equivalent or better quality program, while allowing the 
Company to streamline its supply chain to deliver a larger variety of product offerings at a lower cost to consumers. Additionally, 
Eternal Oceans™ was launched as the Company’s sustainability initiative for seafood within the Open Acres™ brand. SpartanNash 
also launched a product declaration “free from” initiative, with a goal of assigning brand specific bullets alerting consumers of certain 
undesirable ingredients that have been eliminated from products, creating a “cleaner” product offering. The Company expects this 
program to continue and become core to the Company’s product development principles in all future development. The Company 
plans to introduce approximately 350 additional new items in 2019 throughout its private brand portfolio. 

SpartanNash currently markets and distributes private brand items primarily under the following brands: Our Family® (national brand 
equivalent or better grocery products); Open Acres™ (fresh products); Top Care (health and beauty care); Tippy Toes (baby); Full 
Circle™ (organic and wellness); Culinary Tours™ (premium quality foods); PAWS Premium (pet supplies); Valu Time (value) Simply 
Done (non-food products); and Pure Harmony (premium pet food).  SpartanNash is also the exclusive worldwide distributor of 
DeCA’s private brands, Freedom’s Choice® and Home Base®. 

Competition 

The Company’s Food Distribution, Military and Retail segments operate in a highly competitive industry, which typically results in 
low profit margins for the industry as a whole. The Company competes with, among others, regional and national grocery distributors, 
large chain stores that have integrated wholesale and retail operations, mass merchandisers, e-commerce providers, deep discount 
retailers, limited assortment stores and wholesale membership clubs, many of whom have greater resources than the Company. The 
Company also faces competition from rapidly growing alternative retail channels, such as dollar stores, discount supermarket chains, 
Internet-based retailers and meal-delivery services.

-8-

The Food Distribution segment competes directly with a number of traditional and specialty grocery wholesalers and retailers that 
maintain or develop self-distribution systems for the business of independent grocery retailers. In addition, the Company’s 
independent customers face intense competition from supercenters, deep discounters, mass merchandisers, limited assortment stores, 
and e-commerce providers. The Company partners with its customers to help them compete effectively. The primary competitive 
factors in the Food Distribution business include price, service level, product quality, variety and other value-added services. 

The Company is one of fewer than five distributors in the United States with annual sales to the DeCA commissary system in excess 
of $100 million that distributes products via the frequent delivery system. The remaining distributors that supply DeCA tend to be 
smaller regional and local providers. In addition, manufacturers contract with others to deliver certain products, such as baking 
supplies, produce, delicatessen items, soft drinks and snack items, directly to DeCA commissaries and service exchanges. Because of 
the low margins in this industry, it is of critical importance for distributors to achieve economies of scale, which is typically a function 
of the density or concentration of military bases within the geographic area(s) a distributor serves. As a result, no single distributor in 
this industry, by itself, has a nationwide presence. Rather, distributors generally concentrate on specific regions, or areas within 
specific regions, where they can achieve critical mass and utilize warehouse and distribution facilities efficiently. In addition, 
distributors that operate larger non-military specific distribution businesses tend to compete for DeCA commissary business in areas 
where such business would enable them to more efficiently utilize the capacity of their existing distribution centers. The Company 
believes the principal competitive factors among distributors within this industry are customer service, price, operating efficiencies, 
reputation with DeCA and location of distribution centers. The Company believes its competitive position is strong with respect to all 
of these factors within the geographic areas where it competes. Despite the ongoing commissary sales challenges, the Company has 
been working diligently to realize opportunities and has expanded vendor relationships to new military bases and continues to roll out 
DeCA’s private brand product offerings. The Company believes that the private brand offering, when fully executed, will help drive 
more traffic and business into the commissaries as a whole. By providing a combination of national and private brand products, the 
commissaries are offering one-stop shopping for military consumers, which should benefit all of the constituents of the DeCA system.

The principal competitive factors in the Retail business include the location and image of the store; the price, quality and variety of the 
fresh offering; and the quality, convenience and consistency of service. In addition to competing with traditional grocery stores, the 
Company competes with supercenters, deep discounters, mass merchandisers, limited assortment stores, and e-commerce providers. 
The Company believes it has developed and implemented strategies and processes that allow it to be competitive in its Retail segment 
by providing convenience, customer experience, and the assortment consumers demand. The Company monitors planned competitive 
store openings and uses established proactive strategies to respond to new competition both before and after competitive store 
openings. Strategies to react to competition vary based on many factors, such as the competitor’s format, strengths, weaknesses, 
pricing and sales focus. During the past three fiscal years, seven competitor supercenters opened in geographic areas in which the 
Company currently operates corporate owned retail stores and one additional opening is expected to occur during 2019. As a result of 
these openings, the Company believes the majority of its supermarkets compete with one or more supercenters. The Company has 
continued to respond to growing competition from online and non-traditional retailers by adding options and services such as online 
ordering, curbside pick-up, and home delivery.

Seasonality 

In certain geographic areas, the Company’s sales and operating performance for each reportable segment varies with seasonality. 
Many stores are dependent on tourism, and therefore, are most affected by seasons and weather patterns, including, but not limited to, 
the amount and timing of snowfall during the winter months and the range of temperature during the summer months. All fiscal 
quarters are 12 weeks, except for the Company’s first quarter, which is 16 weeks and will generally include the Easter holiday. The 
fourth quarter includes the Thanksgiving and Christmas holidays, and depending on the fiscal year end, may include the New Year’s 
holiday.

Suppliers 

The Company purchases products from a large number of national, regional and local suppliers of name brand and private brand 
merchandise. The Company has not encountered any material difficulty in procuring or maintaining an adequate level of products to 
serve its customers. No single supplier accounts for more than 5% of the Company’s purchases. The Company continues to develop 
strategic relationships with key suppliers and believes this will prove valuable in the development of enhanced promotional programs 
and consumer value perceptions. 

Intellectual Property 

The Company owns valuable intellectual property, including trademarks, tradenames, and other proprietary information, some of 
which are of material importance to its business. 

-9-

Technology 

In 2018, the Company focused on the continued standardization of its supply chain systems, enhancing the manufacturing systems in 
its food processing operations and enhancement of the consumer digital presence in its corporate retail stores and technology solutions 
to support its growth with large customers. Additionally, there have been many projects to expand and update technologies in support 
of various business and operational needs, as detailed in the sections below.

Supply Chain. During 2018, the Company commenced an initiative to standardize the order management system for the Food 
Distribution business, which included the areas of inventory management, distribution pricing and invoicing system. The Company 
also began the installation of a new forecasting system for the Food Distribution business. The company also completed the 
implementation of the first phase of converting the Company’s independent customers to a new Business-to-Business technology. 

Retail Systems. The Company expanded e-commerce solutions through the continued growth of Fast Lane, a curbside pick-up and 
delivery service available in its corporate owned retail stores. All locations feature curbside pickup and delivery is available in several 
markets. The Company released major upgrades to its consumer web and mobile applications in 2018 and continued to enhance these 
systems throughout the year. The Company completed the installation of a new computer-assisted ordering system for all stores in the 
Michigan region. This technology will be installed in all of the Company’s remaining retail locations in 2019. The Company also 
began a pilot program for a scan and bag application, which will enable customers to check out from their smart phone while they 
shop. Finally, the Company upgraded hardware to support Chip-and-PIN functionality in all retail fuel locations.

Manufacturing Systems. During 2018 the Company installed a manufacturing system in one of its food processing areas. The system 
installation in the remaining food processing area will be completed in 2019. The Company installed a quality control tracking system 
for use in its food processing and private brand operations which will supplement the Company’s food safety efforts.

Administrative Systems and Infrastructure. The company began the process of upgrading its financial systems and enhancing its 
human resource systems in 2018. The Company installed additional upgrades to its infrastructure in its primary and back up data 
centers to improve storage capacity, performance and flexibility for disaster recovery and non-stop processing.

Associates 

As of December 29, 2018, the Company employs approximately 14,000 associates, 8,800 on a full-time basis and 5,200 on a part-time 
basis. Approximately 1,300 associates, or 9% of the total workforce, were represented by unions under collective bargaining 
agreements. The collective bargaining agreements covering these associates will expire between April 2019 and January 2022 or have 
been extended on their own terms and have a contemplated expiration date in February 2022. The Company successfully completed 
negotiations with union members of the collective bargaining agreement in the Lima distribution center in early 2019. The Company 
considers its relations with its union and non-union associates to be good and has not had any material work stoppages in over twenty 
years. 

Regulation 

The Company is subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations concerning the conduct of its business, including those 
pertaining to the workforce and the purchase, handling, sale and transportation of its products. Many of the Company’s products are 
subject to federal Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and United States Department of Agriculture (“USDA) regulation. The 
Company believes that it is in compliance, in all material respects, with the FDA, USDA and other federal, state and local laws and 
regulations governing its businesses. 

Forward-Looking Statements 

The matters discussed in this Item 1 include forward-looking statements. See “Forward-Looking Statements” at the beginning of this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

-10-

Available Information 

SpartanNash’s web address is www.spartannash.com. The inclusion of the Company’s web address in this Form 10-K does not 
include or incorporate by reference the information on or accessible through the Company’s website, and the information contained on 
or accessible through those websites should not be considered as part of this Form 10-K. The Company makes its Annual Reports on 
Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and other reports (and amendments to those reports) filed 
or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 available on the Company’s website as soon as 
reasonably practicable after the Company electronically files or furnishes such materials with the SEC. Interested persons can view 
such materials without charge by clicking on “For Investors” and then “SEC Filings” on the Company’s website. SpartanNash is a 
“large accelerated filer” within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act. 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors 

The Company faces many risks. If any of the events or circumstances described in the following risk factors occur, the Company’s 
financial condition or results of operations may suffer, and the trading price of the Company’s common stock could decline. This 
discussion of risk factors should be read in conjunction with the other information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. All of these 
forward-looking statements are affected by the risk factors discussed in this item and this discussion of risk factors should be read in 
conjunction with the discussion of forward-looking statements, which appears at the beginning of this report. 

Business and Operational Risks

The Company operates in an extremely competitive industry. Many of the Company’s competitors are much larger and may be able 
to compete more effectively. 

The Company’s Food Distribution and Retail segments have many competitors, including regional and national grocery distributors, 
large chain stores that have integrated wholesale and retail operations, mass merchandisers, e-commerce providers, deep discount 
retailers, limited assortment stores and wholesale membership clubs. The Company’s Military segment faces competition from large 
national and regional food distributors and smaller distributors. Many of the Company’s competitors have greater resources than the 
Company. 

Industry consolidation, alternative store formats, nontraditional competitors and e-commerce have contributed to market share losses 
for traditional grocery stores. The Company’s Food Distribution, Military and Retail segments are primarily focused on traditional 
retail grocery trade, which faces competition from faster growing alternative retail channels, such as dollar stores, discount 
supermarket chains, Internet-based retailers and meal-delivery services. The Company expects these trends to continue. If the 
Company is not successful in competing with these alternative channels, or growing sales into such channels, its business or financial 
results may be adversely impacted. 

The Company may not be able to realize profitability from its Fresh Kitchen operations and may incur significant costs to support 
and onboard new business.

As part of the 2017 Caito Foods Service, Inc. (“Caito”) and Blue Ribbon Transport, Inc. (“BRT”) acquisition, the Company acquired a 
fresh cut and a new Fresh Kitchen facility that, at the time of acquisition, was in the process of being constructed. The Fresh Kitchen 
had no history of operations, and the Company has experienced delays in achieving efficient levels of production volume and realizing 
the sales pipeline. The Company expects that the Fresh Kitchen will not be profitable in the short-term, and there is no guarantee it 
will be profitable in the long-term. The Company continues to make investments of resources to support these businesses, which may 
result in significant ongoing operating expenses and may divert resources and management attention from other areas of the 
organization. If the Company fails to successfully integrate this business and develop new sales opportunities, it may not realize the 
benefits expected from the transaction and it may not perform to expectations.

-11-

The private brand program for U.S. military commissaries may not achieve the desired results. 

In December 2016, the Defense Commissary Agency (“DeCA” or “the Agency”), which operates U.S. military commissaries 
worldwide, competitively awarded the Company the contract to support and supply products for the Agency’s private brand product 
program. Private brand products had not previously been offered in the Agency’s commissaries. Throughout the implementation and 
first two years of the program, the Company has invested and will continue to invest significant resources as it partners with DeCA to 
continue to expand the program, however there is no guarantee of its success. The Company expects that DeCA will face significant 
competition in each product category from national brands that are familiar to consumers. If the Agency is unable to drive traffic and 
business at the commissaries by offering one-stop shopping for military customers through a combination of both national and private 
brand offerings, then both DeCA and the Company may be unable to achieve expected returns from this program, which could have a 
material adverse effect on the Company’s business. The success of the program will depend in part on factors beyond the Company’s 
control, including the actions of the Agency. 

The Company may not be able to implement its strategy of growth through acquisitions or successfully integrate acquired 
businesses. 

Part of the Company’s growth strategy involves selected acquisitions of additional distribution operations, and to a lesser extent, retail 
grocery stores. Given the recent consolidation activity and limited number of potential acquisition targets within the food industry, the 
Company may not be able to identify suitable targets for acquisition and may make acquisitions which do not achieve the desired level 
of profitability or sales. Additionally, because the Company operates in the Food Distribution business, future acquisitions of retail 
grocery stores could result in the Company competing with its independent retailers and could adversely affect existing business 
relationships with those customers. As a result, the Company may not be able to identify suitable acquisition candidates in the future, 
complete acquisitions or obtain the necessary financing and this may adversely affect the Company’s ability to grow profitably. If the 
Company fails to successfully integrate business acquisitions and realize planned synergies, the business may not perform to 
expectations. 

Substantial operating losses may occur if the customers to whom the Company extends credit or for whom the Company 
guarantees loans or lease obligations fail to repay the Company. 

From time to time, the Company may advance funds, extend credit and lend money to certain independent retailers and guarantee loan 
or lease obligations of certain customers. The Company seeks to obtain security interest and other credit support in connection with 
these arrangements, but the collateral may not be sufficient to cover the Company’s exposure. Greater than expected losses from 
existing or future credit extensions, loans, guarantee commitments or sublease arrangements could negatively and materially impact 
the Company’s operating results and financial condition. 

Changes in relationships with the Company’s vendor base may adversely affect its business, margins, and profitability.

The Company sources the products it sells from a wide variety of vendors. The Company generally does not have long-term written 
contracts with its major suppliers that would require them to continue supplying merchandise. The Company depends on its vendors 
for appropriate allocation of merchandise, assortments of products, operation of vendor-focused shopping experiences within its 
stores, and funding for various forms of promotional allowances. There has been significant consolidation in the food industry, and 
this consolidation may continue to the Company’s commercial disadvantage. Such changes could have a material adverse impact on 
the Company’s revenues and profitability. 

Disruptions to the Company’s information technology systems, including security breaches and cyber-attacks, could negatively 
affect the Company’s business.

The Company has complex information technology (“IT”) systems that are important to its business operations. It also employs 
mobile devices, social networking and other online activities to connect with customers, associates, suppliers, and business partners.  
The Company receives, transmits, and stores many types of sensitive information, including consumers’ personal information, 
information belonging to vendors, business partners, and other third parties, and the Company’s proprietary, confidential, or sensitive 
information. As a result, the Company faces risks of security breaches, system disruption, theft, espionage, inadvertent release of 
information, and other technology-related disruptions. The Company could incur significant losses due to any such event.

Although the Company has implemented security programs and disaster recovery facilities and procedures, cyber threats evolve 
rapidly and are becoming more sophisticated. Despite the Company’s efforts to secure its information and systems, cyber attackers 
may defeat the security measures and compromise the personal information of consumers, vendors, business partners, associates and 
other sensitive information. Associate error, faulty password management or other problems may compromise the security measures 
and result in a breach of the Company’s information systems, systems disruptions, data theft or other criminal activity. This could 
result in a loss of sales or profits or cause the Company to incur significant costs to restore its systems or to reimburse third parties for 
damages. 

-12-

Threats to security or the occurrence of severe weather conditions, natural disasters or other unforeseen events could harm the 
Company’s business. 

The Company’s business could be severely impacted by severe weather conditions, natural disasters, or other events that could affect 
the warehouse and transportation infrastructure used by the Company and its vendors to supply the Company’s corporate owned retail 
stores, and Food Distribution and Military customers. While the Company believes it has adopted commercially reasonable 
precautions, insurance programs, and contingency plans; the damage or destruction of Company facilities could compromise its ability 
to distribute products and generate sales. Unseasonable weather conditions that impact growing conditions and the availability of food 
could also adversely affect sales, profits and asset values. 

Impairment charges for goodwill or other long-lived assets could adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of 
operations. 

The Company is required to perform an annual impairment test for goodwill and other long-lived tangible and intangible assets in the 
fourth quarter of each year, or more frequently if indicators are present or changes in circumstances suggest that impairment may exist. 
Testing goodwill and other assets for impairment requires management to make significant estimates about the Company’s future 
performance, cash flows, and other assumptions that can be affected by potential changes in economic, industry or market conditions, 
business operations, competition, or – for goodwill – the Company’s stock price and market capitalization. Changes in these factors, 
or changes in actual performance compared with estimates of the Company’s future performance, may affect the fair value of goodwill 
or other assets. This could result in the Company recording a non-cash impairment charge for goodwill or other intangible assets in the 
period the determination of impairment is made. The Company cannot accurately predict the amount and timing of any impairment of 
assets. Should the value of goodwill or other assets become impaired, the Company’s financial condition and results of operations may 
be adversely affected.

It may be difficult for the Company to attract and retain well-qualified associates, which would adversely affect the Company’s 
profitability and growth. 

Recent low levels of unemployment have made it increasingly difficult to attract and retain qualified associates and have caused 
upward pressure on wages. If the Company is unable to attract and retain quality associates to meet its needs, the Company could be 
required to increase its compensation offering, reduce staffing below optimal levels, or rely more on higher-cost third-party providers, 
which could adversely affect the Company’s profitability and growth. The Company’s success depends to a significant degree upon 
the continued contributions of senior management. The loss of any key member of the Company’s management team may prevent it 
from implementing its business plans in a timely manner. The Company cannot assure that successors of comparable ability will be 
identified and appointed and that the Company’s business will not be adversely affected. 

Legal, Regulatory and Legislative Risks

The Company’s Military segment is dependent upon domestic and international military operations. A change in the military 
commissary system, including its supply chain, or a change in the level of governmental funding, could negatively impact the 
Company’s results of operations and financial condition. 

Because the Company’s Military segment sells and distributes grocery products to military commissaries and exchanges in the United 
States and overseas, any material changes in the commissary system, the level of governmental funding to DeCA, military staffing 
levels, or locations of bases, or DeCA’s supply chain may have a corresponding impact on the sales and operating performance of this 
segment. These changes could include privatization of some or all of the military commissary system, relocation or consolidation of 
commissaries and exchanges, base closings, troop redeployments or consolidations in the geographic areas containing commissaries 
and exchanges served by the Company, or a reduction in the number of persons having access to the commissaries and exchanges. 
Mandated reductions in the government expenditures, including those imposed as a result of a sequestration, may impact the level of 
funding to DeCA and could have a material impact on the Company’s operations. If DeCA were to make material changes to its 
supply chain model, for example by limiting distribution authorization, then the Company’s Military segment could be affected.

-13-

Product recalls or other safety concerns regarding the Company’s products could harm the Company’s business. 

The Company faces risks related to the safety of the food products that it manufactures, distributes, and sells. It may need to recall 
such products for actual or alleged contamination, adulteration, mislabeling, or other safety concerns. The Company’s acquisition of 
Caito has expanded its food production capabilities and ability to offer fresh fruits and vegetables, fresh protein-based foods and 
complete meals. These products, and other food products that the Company sells, are at risk of contamination by disease-causing 
organisms such as Salmonella, E. coli, and others. These pathogens are generally found in nature, and as a result, there is a risk that 
they could be present in the products manufactured, distributed or sold by the Company. The Company typically has little control over 
proper food handling before the Company’s receipt of the product or once the product has been delivered to customers. Contamination 
risks may be controlled, although not eliminated, by good manufacturing practices and food safety programs. Recall costs can be 
material. A widespread product recall could result in significant losses due to the administrative costs of a recall, the destruction of 
inventory, and lost sales. Recalls and other food safety concerns can also result in product liability claims, adverse publicity, damage 
to the Company’s reputation, and a loss of confidence in the safety and quality of its products. Customers may avoid purchasing 
certain products from the Company, or to seek alternative sources of supply for some or all of their food needs, even if the basis for 
concern is outside of the Company’s control. Any loss of confidence on the part of the Company’s customers would be difficult and 
costly to overcome. Any real or perceived issue regarding the safety of any food or drug items sold by the Company, regardless of the 
cause, could have a substantial and adverse effect on the Company’s business. 

A number of the Company’s associates are covered by collective bargaining agreements, and unions may attempt to organize 
additional associates. 

Approximately 36% and 14% of the Company’s associates in its Food Distribution and Military business segments, respectively, are 
covered by collective bargaining agreements (“CBAs”) which expire between April 2019 and January 2022 or which the Company is 
in the process of negotiating and have a contemplated expiration date of February 2022. The Company expects that rising healthcare, 
pension and other employee benefit costs, among other issues, will continue to be important topics of negotiation with the labor 
unions. Upon the expiration of the Company’s CBAs, work stoppages by the affected workers could occur if the Company is unable to 
negotiate an acceptable contract with the labor unions. This could significantly disrupt the Company’s operations. Further, if the 
Company is unable to control healthcare and pension costs provided for in the CBAs, the Company may experience increased 
operating costs and an adverse impact on future results of operations.

While the Company believes that relations with its associates are good, the Company may continue to see additional union organizing 
campaigns. The potential for unionization could increase as any new related legislation or regulations are passed. The Company 
respects its associates’ right to unionize or not to unionize. However, the unionization of a significant portion of the Company’s 
workforce could increase the Company’s overall costs at the affected locations and adversely affect its flexibility to run its business in 
the most efficient manner to remain competitive or acquire new business and could adversely affect its results of operations by 
increasing its labor costs or otherwise restricting its ability to maximize the efficiency of its operations.

Costs related to multi-employer pension plans and other postretirement plans could increase.

The Company contributes to the Central States Southeast and Southwest Pension Fund (the “Central States Plan” or the “Plan”), a 
multi-employer pension plan, based on obligations arising from its CBAs with Teamsters locals 406 and 908. SpartanNash does not 
administer or control this Plan, and the Company has relatively little control over the level of contributions the Company is required to 
make. Currently, the Central States Plan is underfunded and in critical and declining status, and as a result, contributions are scheduled 
to increase. The Company expects that contributions to this Plan will be subject to further increases. Benefit levels and related issues 
will continue to create collective bargaining challenges. The amount of any increase or decrease in its required contributions to this 
Plan will depend upon the outcome of collective bargaining, the actions taken by the trustees who manage the Plan, governmental 
regulations, actual return on investment of Plan assets, the continued viability and contributions of other contributing employers, and 
the potential payment of withdrawal liability should the Company choose to exit a geographic area, among other factors.

The Company also maintains defined benefit retirement plans for certain of its associates that do not participate in multi-employer 
pension plans. These plans are frozen. Expenses associated with the defined benefit plans may significantly increase due to changes to 
actuarial assumptions or investment returns on plan assets that are less favorable than projected. In addition, changes in the 
Company’s funding status could adversely affect the Company’s financial position.

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments 

None.

-14-

Item 2.  Properties 

The following table lists the locations and approximate square footage of the Company’s distribution centers used by its Food 
Distribution and Military segments as of December 29, 2018. The lease expiration dates for the distribution centers primarily servicing 
the Food Distribution segment range from November 2019 to February 2021, and for the Military segment range from October 2023 
to November 2029. The Company believes that these facilities are generally well maintained and in good operating condition, have 
sufficient capacity, and are suitable and adequate to carry on its business for each of these segments.

Distribution Centers

Location
Grand Rapids, Michigan (a) ....................................................................................... 
Norfolk, Virginia (b) .................................................................................................. 
Omaha, Nebraska (a).................................................................................................. 
Bellefontaine, Ohio (a) ............................................................................................... 
Oklahoma City, Oklahoma (b) ................................................................................... 
Columbus, Georgia (c) ............................................................................................... 
Lima, Ohio (a) ............................................................................................................ 
Bloomington, Indiana (b) ........................................................................................... 
San Antonio, Texas (c)............................................................................................... 
St. Cloud, Minnesota (a) ............................................................................................ 
Lumberton, North Carolina (a)................................................................................... 
Landover, Maryland (b) ............................................................................................. 
Pensacola, Florida (b)................................................................................................. 
Indianapolis, Indiana (a) (d) ....................................................................................... 
Fargo, North Dakota (a) ............................................................................................. 
Sioux Falls, South Dakota (a) .................................................................................... 
Bluefield, Virginia (a) ................................................................................................ 
Minot, North Dakota (a)............................................................................................. 
Lakeland, Florida (a) .................................................................................................. 
Total Square Footage............................................................................................... 

Leased

77,000   
188,093   
4,384   
—   
—   
478,702   
—   
—   
—   
40,319   
386,129   
368,088   
—   
—   
—   
79,300   
—   
—   
—   
  1,622,015   

Square Footage
Owned
  1,179,582   
545,073   
686,783   
666,045   
608,543   
—   
517,552   
471,277   
461,544   
329,046   
—   
—   
355,900   
273,078   
288,824   
196,114   
187,531   
185,250   
42,125   
  6,994,267   

Total
1,256,582 
733,166 
691,167 
666,045 
608,543 
478,702 
517,552 
471,277 
461,544 
369,365 
386,129 
368,088 
355,900 
273,078 
288,824 
275,414 
187,531 
185,250 
42,125 
8,616,282  

  (a) Distribution center services the Food Distribution segment.
  (b) Distribution center services the Military segment.
  (c) Distribution center services both the Food Distribution and Military segments. Based on utilization estimates at December 29, 
2018, the Food Distribution segment utilizes 36,000 square feet and 33,365 square feet at the San Antonio and Columbus 
distribution centers, respectively. Also, the Columbus location requires periodic lease payments to the holder of the outstanding 
industrial revenue bond, which is held by the Company. Upon expiration of the lease terms, the Company will take title to the 
property upon redemption of the bond.

  (d) Distribution center includes vertically-integrated food processing operations at this location, including the Company’s Fresh 

Kitchen.

-15-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table lists the Company’s retail stores, including the adjacent fuel centers of the related stores, by retail banner, number 
of stores, location and approximate square footage under each banner as of December 29, 2018.

Retail Segment

Leased

Owned

Total

  Number  
  of Stores 

Square
Feet

    Number    
    of Stores   

Square
Feet

    Number  
    of Stores 

Square
Feet

Grocery Store Retail Banner
Family Fare Supermarkets

  Location(s)

Michigan, Minnesota, 
Nebraska, North Dakota, South 
Dakota, Iowa

  Michigan
  Michigan

D&W Fresh Market
VG’s Grocery
Family Fresh Market

Minnesota, Nebraska, 
Wisconsin
  North Dakota
Dan's Supermarket
  Minnesota, Wisconsin
Econofoods
  Minnesota, Nebraska
Sun Mart Foods
Valu Land
  Michigan
Supermercado Nuestra Familia   Nebraska
No Frills Supermarkets
Forest Hills Foods
Pick ‘n Save
Dillonvale IGA
Fresh City Market

  Iowa, Nebraska
  Michigan
  Ohio
  Ohio
  Wisconsin

76
9
8

 3,256,655 
    440,178  
    363,117  

32,650  

10
2
1

5

  511,424 
84,458  
37,223  

     247,223  

    264,077     —     

23,500  
31,733  

1
4

    112,908     —     

2

22,540  
61,060     —     
50,791     —     
45,608     —     
25,627     —     
21,470     —     

—  
16,563  
93,824  
—  
83,279  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
    1,073,994  

1

5
1
1
5
1
3
1
1
1
1

86
11
9

6

 3,768,079 
    524,636 
    400,340 

    279,873 

5
2
5
5
3
3
1
1
1
1

    264,077 
40,063 
    125,557 
    112,908 
    105,819 
61,060 
50,791 
45,608 
25,627 
21,470 
139    5,825,908  

Total

114    4,751,914  

25

The Company also owns one fuel center that is not reflected in the retail square footage above: a Family Fare Quick Stop in Michigan 
that is not included with a corporate owned retail store but is adjacent to the Company’s corporate headquarters. Also not reflected in 
the  retail  square  footage  above  is  one  stand-alone  pharmacy  located  in  Clear  Lake,  Iowa.  On  December  31,  2018,  the  Company 
acquired Martin’s, which is a chain of 21 stores located in Indiana and Michigan totaling 1.3 million square feet, of which 0.8 million 
is leased.

The Company’s service centers are located in Grand Rapids, Michigan; Minneapolis, Minnesota; Norfolk, Virginia; and Indianapolis, 
Indiana; consisting of office space of approximately 275,851 square feet in Company-owned buildings and 33,000 square feet in 
leased facilities. The Company also leases two additional off-site storage facilities consisting of approximately 50,300 square feet. The 
Company owns and leases to independent retailers seven stores totaling approximately 370,000 square feet and owns and leases to 
third parties one warehouse of approximately 400,000 square feet and office space totaling 89,000 square feet.

Item 3.   Legal Proceedings 

From time-to-time, the Company is engaged in routine legal proceedings incidental to its business. The Company does not believe that 
these routine legal proceedings, taken as a whole, will have a material impact on its business or financial condition. Additionally, 
various lawsuits and claims, arising in the ordinary course of business, are pending or have been asserted against the Company. While 
the ultimate effect of such actions, lawsuits and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes that their outcome 
will not result in a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, operating results or liquidity. Legal 
proceedings, various lawsuits, claims, and other matters are more fully described in Note 9, Commitments and Contingencies, in the 
notes to consolidated financial statements, which is herein incorporated by reference.

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosure 

Not Applicable.

-16-

 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
    
   
 
   
    
 
 
   
    
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
PART II 

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters 

SpartanNash common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the trading symbol “SPTN.” 

Stock sale prices are based on transactions reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. Information on quarterly high and low 
sales prices for SpartanNash common stock for each of the last two fiscal years is as follows:

Common stock price – High......................................    $  
Common stock price – Low ......................................   

27.37    $  
16.32   

21.82    $  
16.32   

26.18    $  
18.91   

26.85    $  
17.05   

27.37 
16.55 

Full Year
52 Weeks

4th Quarter    
(12 Weeks)

3rd Quarter    
(12 Weeks)

2nd Quarter    
(12 Weeks)

1st Quarter  
(16 Weeks)

2018

Full Year
(52 Weeks)

4th Quarter    
(12 Weeks)

3rd Quarter    
(12 Weeks)

2nd Quarter    
(12 Weeks)

1st Quarter  
(16 Weeks)

2017

Common stock price – High......................................    $  
Common stock price – Low ......................................   

40.33    $  
19.85   

26.99    $  
19.85   

27.74    $  
23.26   

37.80    $  
25.08   

40.33 
31.54  

At February 25, 2019, there were approximately 1,300 shareholders of record of SpartanNash common stock. The Company has paid 
a quarterly cash dividend every quarter since the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006. 

The table below outlines quarterly dividends paid on SpartanNash common stock in each of the last three years: 

Effective Quarter
1st through 4th quarters of 2016 .....................................................................................................................................    $  
1st through 4th quarters of 2017 .....................................................................................................................................     
1st through 4th quarters of 2018 .....................................................................................................................................     

Dividend per  
common share  
0.150 
0.165 
0.180  

Under its senior revolving credit facility, the Company is generally permitted to pay dividends in any fiscal year up to an amount such 
that all cash dividends, together with any cash distributions and share repurchases, do not exceed $35.0 million. Additionally, the 
Company is generally permitted to pay cash dividends and repurchase shares in excess of $35.0 million in any fiscal year so long as its 
Excess Availability, as defined in the senior revolving credit facility, is in excess of 10% of the Total Borrowing Base, as defined in 
the senior revolving credit facility, before and after giving effect to the repurchases and dividends. 

Although the Company expects to continue to pay a quarterly cash dividend, adoption of a dividend policy does not commit the Board 
of Directors (the “Board”) to declare future dividends. Each future dividend will be considered and declared by the Board at its 
discretion. Whether the Board continues to declare dividends and repurchase shares depends on a number of factors, including the 
Company’s future financial condition, anticipated profitability and cash flows, and compliance with the terms of its credit facilities.  
During the first quarter of 2016, the Board authorized a five-year share repurchase program for $50 million of SpartanNash’s common 
stock. During the fourth quarter of 2017, the Board authorized an incremental $50 million share repurchase program expiring in 2022. 
As of December 29, 2018, $45.0 million remains available to be repurchased. 

During 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company repurchased 952,108, 1,367,432, and 396,030 shares of common stock for approximately 
$20.0 million, $35.0 million, and $9.0 million, respectively. The Company did not repurchase any shares during the fourth quarter of 
2018. 

The equity compensation plans table in Part III, Item 12 of this report is herein incorporated by reference. 

-17-

 
    
 
 
    
   
 
    
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
         
         
         
         
 
 
   
 
 
    
   
 
    
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
Performance Graph 

Set forth below is a graph comparing the cumulative total shareholder return on SpartanNash common stock to that of the Russell 
2000 Total Return Index and the NASDAQ Retail Trade Index, over a period beginning December 28, 2013 and ending on December 
29, 2018. 

Cumulative total return is measured by the sum of (1) the cumulative amount of dividends for the measurement period, assuming 
dividend reinvestment, and (2) the difference between the share price at the end and the beginning of the measurement period, divided 
by the share price at the beginning of the measurement period. 

Comparison of 5 Year Cumulative Total Return
Assumes Initial Investment of $100
December 2018

SpartanNash

Russell 2000 Total Return Index

NASDAQ Retail Trade

250.00

200.00

150.00

100.00

50.00

0.00
12/28/2013

1/3/2015

1/2/2016

12/31/2016

12/30/2017

12/29/2018

The dollar values for total shareholder return plotted above are shown in the table below:

December 28,    

2013

January 3,
2015

January 2,
2016

    December 31,     December 30,     December 29,  

2016

2017

2018

SpartanNash....................................... $  
Russell 2000 Total Return Index .......
NASDAQ Retail Trade......................

100.00    $  
100.00   
100.00   

111.14    $  
104.62   
111.11   

95.12    $  

100.49   
116.16   

177.20    $  
121.91   
117.49   

122.50    $  
139.76   
124.98   

80.38 
123.38 
124.47  

The information set forth under the Heading “Performance Graph” shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with 
the Commission or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C, or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, except to the extent that 
the registrant specifically requests that such information be treated as soliciting material or specifically incorporates it by reference 
into a filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

-18-

 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 6.  Selected Financial Data 

The following table provides selected historical consolidated financial information of SpartanNash for each of the five years ended 
January 3, 2015 through December 29, 2018, all of which were 52-week years with the exception of 2014 which was a 53-week year.

(In thousands, except per share data)
Statements of Operations Data:

2018

2017

Year Ended
2016

2015

2014

997,411 
4,937 

Net sales (a) ............................................. $   8,064,552 
Gross profit ..............................................
  1,110,406 
Selling, general and administrative
expenses (b) .............................................
Merger/acquisition and integration ..........
Restructuring, goodwill/asset
impairment and other charges (c) ............
Operating earnings (loss) .........................
Earnings (loss) before income taxes
and discontinued operations.....................
Income tax expense (benefit) (d) .............
Earnings (loss) from continuing
operations.................................................
Net earnings (loss) ................................... $  
Diluted earnings (loss) from
continuing operations per share ...............
Diluted earnings (loss) per share .............
Cash dividends declared per share...........

0.94 
0.93 
0.72 

37,546 
70,512 

40,698 
6,907 

33,791 
33,572 

 $   7,963,799 
  1,144,909 

 $   7,561,084 
  1,111,494 

 $   7,527,695 
  1,115,682 

 $   7,805,931 
  1,156,074 

975,833 
8,433 

  1,020,000 
12,675 

  1,015,024 
8,101 

228,459 
(106,675)

(131,644)
(79,027)

963,235 
6,959 

32,116 
109,184 

89,963 
32,907 

8,802 
122,614 

100,259 
37,093 

(52,617)
(52,845)

 $  

57,056 
56,828 

 $  

63,166 
62,710 

 $  

 $  

(1.41)
(1.41)
0.66 

1.52 
1.51 
0.60 

1.67 
1.66 
0.54 

6,166 
117,233 

90,449 
31,329 

59,120 
58,596 

1.57 
1.55 
0.48 

Balance Sheet Data:

Total assets (e) ......................................... $   1,971,912 
579,060 
Property and equipment, net ....................
Working capital (f)...................................
524,645 
Long-term debt and capital lease
obligations (e) (f) .....................................
Shareholders’ equity ................................

679,797 
715,947 

 $   2,055,797 
600,240 
509,705 

 $   1,930,336 
559,722 
387,507 

 $   1,917,263 
583,698 
396,263 

 $   1,923,455 
597,150 
455,694 

740,755 
721,950 

413,675 
825,407 

467,793 
790,779 

541,683 
747,253  

  (a) Due to the adoption of ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers – Topic 606” in January 2018, the Company 
determined that certain contracts in the Food Distribution segment that were historically reported on a gross basis are now 
required to be reported on a net basis. The adoption of the guidance using the full retrospective method resulted in decreases to 
net sales and cost of sales previously reported of $164,283, $173,516, $124,278, and $110,131 for 2017, 2016, 2015, and 2014, 
respectively.

  (b) Due to the adoption of ASU 2017-07, “Compensation – Retirement Benefits” in January 2018, benefit costs other than service 
cost, are reflected in Other, net, whereas they previously were recognized in Selling, general and administrative expenses. 
Retrospective application resulted in an increase to Other, net and a decrease in Selling, general and administrative expenses in 
2014 of $2,387 from amounts previously reported. The reclassifications were not material in any of the other periods presented.
  (c) In 2018, the Company recorded $37.5 million of net restructuring, asset impairment and other charges associated with a $32.0 
million non-cash charge related to the expected insolvency of a food distribution customer and other charges related to the 
Company’s retail store rationalization plan. In 2017, the Company recorded a $189.0 million goodwill impairment charge related 
to its Retail segment and $33.7 million of asset impairment charges primarily associated with long-lived assets in the Retail 
segment. In 2016, the Company recorded $32.1 million of restructuring and asset impairment charges primarily related to the 
closure of four retail stores and two distribution centers, as well as asset impairment charges associated with certain 
underperforming retail stores.

  (d) In 2017, income taxes were impacted by the revaluation of deferred tax liabilities related to the corporate tax rate reduction 

enacted in the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which also impacted the Company’s tax rate in 2018. 

  (e) Due to the adoption of ASU 2015-03, “Interest – Imputation of Interest: Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs” in 
2016, debt issuance costs were reclassified from Other assets, net to Long-term liabilities for all periods presented. This resulted 
in a decrease in Total assets and Long-term debt and capital lease obligations of $8,185 and $8,827 at January 2, 2016 and 
January 3, 2015, respectively.

  (f) Due to the adoption of ASU 2015-17, “Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes” in 2015, deferred income taxes were 
reclassified from Current liabilities to Long-term liabilities for all periods presented. Adoption of this standard resulted in an 
increase in Working capital of $22,494 at January 3, 2015.

-19-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
Historical data is not necessarily indicative of the Company’s future results of operations or financial condition. See discussion of 
“Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of this report; “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of this report; and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto in Part II, Item 8 of this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

About SpartanNash 

SpartanNash, headquartered in Grand Rapids, Michigan, is a leading multi-regional grocery distributor and grocery retailer whose 
core businesses include distributing grocery products to a diverse group of independent and chain retailers, its corporate owned retail 
stores, and military commissaries and exchanges in the United States. The Company operates three reportable business segments: 
Food Distribution, Military and Retail.

The Company’s Food Distribution segment provides a wide variety of nationally branded and private brand grocery products and 
perishable food products to approximately 2,100 independent retailers, the Company’s corporate owned retail stores, food service 
distributors and various other customers. Through its Food Distribution segment, the Company also services national retailers, 
including Dollar General. Sales to Dollar General are made to more than 15,500 of its retail locations. Combined with the Military 
segment, the Company currently services customers in all 50 states. The Company processes fresh-cut fruits and vegetables and other 
value-added meal solutions and supplies these products to grocery retailers and food service distributors. Through the Fresh Kitchen 
facility, the Company processes, cooks and packages fresh protein-based foods and complete meal solutions for a number of different 
customers.

The Company’s Military segment contracts with manufacturers to distribute a wide variety of grocery products, including dry 
groceries, beverages, meat, and frozen foods, primarily to military commissaries and exchanges located in the United States, the 
District of Columbia, Europe, Cuba, Puerto Rico, Honduras, Bahrain, Djibouti and Egypt. The Company is also the DeCA exclusive 
worldwide supplier of private brand grocery and related products to U.S. military commissaries. The Company has over 40 years of 
experience acting as a distributor to U.S. military commissaries and exchanges. 

The Company’s Retail segment operated 139 corporate owned retail stores in the Midwest region primarily under the banners of 
Family Fare Supermarkets, D&W Fresh Markets, VG’s Grocery, Dan’s Supermarket and Family Fresh Market as of December 29, 
2018. The Company also offered pharmacy services in 82 of its corporate owned stores (of which 72 pharmacies are owned) and 
operated 29 fuel centers. The retail stores have a “neighborhood market” strategy that focuses on value beyond price, affordable 
wellness, and commitment to local products. 

The Company’s fiscal year end is the Saturday closest to December 31. The following discussion is as of and for the fiscal years 
ending or ended December 28, 2019 (“2019”), December 29, 2018 ("2018" or “current year”), December 30, 2017 (“2017” or “prior 
year”) and December 31, 2016 (“2016”), all of which include 52 weeks. All fiscal quarters are 12 weeks, except for the Company’s 
first quarter, which is 16 weeks and will generally include the Easter holiday. The fourth quarter includes the Thanksgiving and 
Christmas holidays, and depending on the fiscal year end, may include the New Year’s holiday. 

In certain geographic areas, the Company’s sales and operating performance may vary with seasonality. Many stores are dependent on 
tourism, and therefore, are most affected by seasons and weather patterns, including, but not limited to, the amount and timing of 
snowfall during the winter months and the range of temperature during the summer months. 

Overview of 2018

In 2018, the Company executed against its long-term strategic objective of becoming a growth company that is focused on developing 
a national, highly efficient distribution platform known for solving unique and complex logistical issues and evolving its primary retail 
brand to deliver innovative solutions, both of which service a diverse customer base. The Company also began a company-wide 
initiative late in the fourth quarter to drive sustainable profit improvements. 

-20-

The Company’s 2018 accomplishments and developments include:

Food Distribution

(cid:3) During 2018, the Company expanded its supply chain capabilities to provide better solutions to its customers more efficiently 

and in more markets. The Company enhanced its ability to make deliveries to the east coast and added a centralized produce 
distribution solution to its western region. The addition of the produce distribution solution will result in higher quality products 
while incurring fewer costs related to transportation and waste. The Company eliminated redundancy in its network, while 
shifting certain operations closer to its customers in an effort to reduce freight miles and provide faster fulfillment. The 
Company also invested in its labor force, including drivers and warehousemen, fleet, and IT systems in order to provide for 
further efficiency and execution within the supply chain going forward.

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

The Company was recognized in the current year for its innovation in marketing and merchandising. These efforts have led to 
the launch of various product and marketing campaigns which have supported the sales trends in the traditional distribution 
business. At the same time, the Company remains committed to collaboration with independent retailers and launched programs 
to strengthen these partnerships and to support their success in the retail market. These programs included solutions ranging 
from e-commerce to customer loyalty and retention programs. 

The Company realized sales growth in its Food Distribution segment, due to incremental distribution volume from both 
existing and new customer programs, of 4.3% over the prior year. Sales growth in the fourth quarter of 2018 marked the 12th 
consecutive quarter of organic sales growth for the segment. The Company remains focused on partnering with independent 
retailers to support their operations and enhance the consumer experience. 

(cid:3) Within the food processing operations, the Company has seen year-over-year progress related to its efforts to improve 

efficiency and an expansion of its fresh offerings as a result of interest from new types of customers. The Company expects 
further progress in its profitability as it becomes more experienced at seamlessly onboarding new business opportunities and is 
able to continue to develop an experienced workforce. The Company also consolidated the produce planning and replenishment 
processes between food processing and other Food Distribution operations and continues to look for opportunities to drive 
leverage and synergies through process consolidation and technology.

Military

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

Retail

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

The Military segment continued to support DeCA in the expansion of its private brand program, which has contributed to 
overall sales growth in 2018. In connection with the overall arrangement, the Company leveraged its private brand capabilities 
and expertise to help design and develop both DeCA’s proprietary and commissary-specific private brands. As of December 29, 
2018, the Company had launched over 700 SKUs of private brand products in the DeCA system. The Company looks forward 
to continuing its partnership with DeCA and anticipates 1,000 total SKUs will be active within the program by the end of 2019.

The Company was dedicated to their support of military commissaries which were significantly impacted by Hurricane 
Florence during the third quarter of 2018. The Company responded to urgent requests of DeCA and made additional deliveries 
of water to these commissaries.

In the third quarter of 2018, the Company secured a significant contract for incremental business with an existing customer 
through the continued demonstration of superior customer service and execution capabilities. Incremental sales with this 
customer commenced in the fourth quarter of 2018 which, combined with continued increases in volume from the private brand 
program, offset the challenges of operating in a commissary environment which continues to experience negative sales trends. 

The Company continued to make strategic Retail segment investments through the execution of five store remodels during 
2018. These investments have supported the Company’s objectives related to brand repositioning and it expects that they will 
help improve customer satisfaction and contribute to the achievement of sequential growth in fiscal 2019 comparable store 
sales. The Company also continued its store rationalization program, and in connection with overall business strategies, closed 
six retail stores in connection with lease expirations and store rationalization plans during the year. 

The Company expanded Fast Lane, its e-commerce solution, which offers online ordering and curbside pick-up service at 
approximately 65 retail stores, and same day delivery in several geographies as of December 29, 2018. The Company believes 
Fast Lane is essential to increasing customer satisfaction through quality service and convenience. Additional enhancements 
were made to Fast Lane in the current year which integrate “yes”™ digital coupons into the shopping experience and provide 
customers with additional savings and rewards. In the second quarter of 2018, the Company also began partnerships with 
Instacart in several regions to offer customers additional online shopping options. Lastly, in the fourth quarter of 2018, the 
Company developed and piloted a new mobile application which allows customers to scan and bag their groceries as they shop 
helping them to save time and money.

-21-

Other

(cid:3) During 2018, the Company returned $45.9 million to shareholders from share repurchases and dividend payments. The 

Company also improved working capital compared to the prior year. Net cash provided by operating activities was $171.7 
million in 2018 compared to $52.8 million in 2017. Net cash used by investing activities was $64.2 million in 2018 compared 
to $315.4 million in 2017. Net long-term debt decreased $54.8 million compared to the prior year as the Company continues to 
work towards paying down debt.

(cid:3)

In the fourth quarter of 2018, the Company partnered with a third-party advisory firm to commence a company-wide initiative, 
Project One Team, designed to transform its culture and empower associates at all levels to drive substantial ongoing, 
sustainable improvements to business processes and results. Project One Team is designed to align with the Company’s 
strategic objectives and is intended to position the Company to identify opportunities for growth and efficiency with benefits in 
the next one to two years.

(cid:3) During 2018, the Company remained committed to undertaking business development initiatives within both core and adjacent 
spaces to further its strategic objectives. In line with this strategy, the Company acquired Martin’s Super Markets (“Martin’s”) 
in early 2019. Martin’s is a leading Midwest independent supermarket chain which operates 21 stores in the northern Indiana 
and southwestern Michigan markets. 

The accomplishments above helped position the Company for future earnings growth, but the competitive landscape and industry 
trends also present challenges to the Company and potential changes in trends that could impact 2019. For fiscal 2019, the Company 
anticipates year-over-year sales growth to continue in the Food Distribution segment driven primarily by incremental sales to existing 
customers and new food processing customers. Incremental business with an existing customer and contributions from the ongoing 
expansion of the DeCA private brand program should continue to drive sales growth in the Military segment. The Company expects 
sequential improvement in its Retail stores’ comparable sales trend, benefiting from current year and future store remodels and the 
Company’s brand repositioning. The Company plans to mitigate these challenges by sustaining sales growth in the Food Distribution 
segment,  aggressively pursuing new business made available by disruption in the industry and driving adjusted operating earnings 
and adjusted EBITDA growth over the prior year. Additionally, the Company plans to strengthen its management team and improve 
supply chain capabilities, from identifying and capitalizing on freight efficiencies, to managing through tight labor markets in certain 
geographies, while increasing the acceptance of private brand products. The Company also plans to deliver value through the 
execution on Project One Team. The Company will reduce its debt levels and financial leverage ratios to facilitate achieving our 
strategic objectives. The Company continues to take actions that it believes will enhance the convenience and value that it provides its 
customers and continues to see positive results from these investments. 

Results of Operations 

Certain prior year amounts have been adjusted to reflect recently adopted accounting standards. 

The following table sets forth items from the Company’s consolidated statements of operations as a percentage of net sales and the 
percentage change from the preceding year: 

Net sales .................................................................................  
Gross profit ............................................................................  
Selling, general and administrative expenses ........................  
Merger/acquisition and integration ........................................  
Restructuring, goodwill/asset impairment and
other charges ..........................................................................
Operating earnings (loss) ....................................................  
Other income and expenses ...................................................  

Earnings (loss) before income taxes and
discontinued operations.......................................................
Income tax expense (benefit) .................................................  
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations ........................  
Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes....................  
Net earnings (loss) ...............................................................  

Note: Certain totals do not sum due to rounding.

Percentage of Net Sales
2017

2018

Percentage Change

2016

2018

2017

100.0   
13.8   
12.4   
0.1   

100.0   
14.4   
12.7   
0.1   

100.0   
14.7   
12.7   
0.1   

0.5 
0.9   
0.4   

0.5 
0.1   
0.4   
—   
0.4   

2.9 
(1.3)  
0.3   

(1.7)
(1.0)  
(0.7)  
—   
(0.7)  

0.4 
1.4   
0.3   

1.2 
0.4   
0.8   
—   
0.8   

1.3   
(3.0)  
(1.7)  
(39.1)  

(83.6)
166.1   
19.4   

130.9 
108.7   
164.2   
—   
163.5   

5.3 
3.0 
5.4 
16.4 

611.4 
(197.7)
29.9 

(246.3)
(340.2)
(192.2)
— 
(193.0)

-22-

 
  
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Results of Continuing Operations for 2018 Compared to 2017

Net Sales 

(In thousands)

2018

Food Distribution............................ $   3,991,450 
Military ...........................................
Retail ...............................................

  2,166,843   
  1,906,259 

Total net sales............................... $   8,064,552   

Percentage of
Total
Net Sales

2017

Percentage of
Total
Net Sales

Variance

Percentage  
Change

49.5  %  $   3,827,909 
26.9   
23.6   
100.0  %  $   7,963,799   

  2,144,022   
  1,991,868 

48.1  %  $   163,541 
22,821   
26.9   
25.0   
(85,609)
100.0  %  $   100,753   

4.3 
1.1 
(4.3)
1.3  

Net sales increased $100.8 million, or 1.3%, to $8.06 billion in 2018 from $7.96 billion in 2017. The increase in net sales was 
primarily attributable to organic growth in the Food Distribution segment and new business in the Military segment, which more than 
offset lower sales in the Retail segment and lower comparable sales at DeCA operated locations in the Military segment. 

Food Distribution net sales, after intercompany eliminations, increased $163.5 million, or 4.3%, to $3.99 billion in 2018 from $3.83 
billion in the prior year. The increase was primarily due to sales growth from new and ongoing programs with existing customers.

Military net sales increased $22.8 million, or 1.1%, to $2.17 billion in 2018 from $2.14 billion in the prior year. The increase was 
primarily due to new commissary business in the Southwest, incremental volume from the private brand program and a new program 
with an existing customer, partially offset by lower comparable sales at the DeCA operated locations.

Retail net sales decreased $85.6 million, or 4.3%, to $1.91 billion in 2018 from $1.99 billion in the prior year. The decrease in net 
sales was primarily attributable to lower sales resulting from the closures and sales of retail stores and fuel centers of $64.0 million, as 
well as negative comparable store sales, partly offset by an increase in fuel prices. Comparable store sales, excluding fuel, were 
negative 2.0% in the current year and reflect continued strong competition within the industry.  The Company defines a retail store as 
comparable when it is in operation for 14 accounting periods (a period equals four weeks), regardless of remodels, expansions, or 
relocated stores. The Company’s definition of comparable store sales may differ from similarly titled measures at other companies. 

Gross Profit – Gross profit represents net sales less cost of sales, which is described in further detail within Note 1, Summary of 
Significant Accounting Policies and Basis of Presentation, in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. Gross profit decreased 
$34.5 million, or 3.0%, to $1.11 billion in 2018 compared to $1.14 billion in the prior year. As a percent of net sales, gross profit 
decreased from 14.4% to 13.8% due to several factors, most notably the increased mix of Food Distribution and Military segment 
sales as a percentage of total sales combined with a change in customer mix within the Food Distribution segment and higher fees paid 
to pharmacy benefit managers in the Retail segment. The rate was also impacted by operational issues at one of the Company’s 
distribution centers, serving both the military and food distribution segments, the voluntary product recall on certain fresh cut products 
and an increase in LIFO expense due to higher inflation. 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses – Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses consist primarily of salaries 
and wages, employee benefits, warehousing costs, store occupancy costs, shipping and handling, utilities, equipment rental, 
depreciation (to the extent not included in Cost of Sales), out-bound freight and other administrative expenses. SG&A expenses 
decreased $17.6 million, or 1.7%, to $997.4 million in 2018 from $1,015.0 million in the prior year. As a percent of net sales, SG&A 
expenses decreased from 12.7% to  12.4% due to the mix of business operations and decreased administrative costs, partially offset by 
the impact of increased transportation costs within the Military and Food Distribution segments.

Merger/Acquisition and Integration Expenses – In 2018, $4.9 million of merger/acquisition and integration expenses were incurred 
mainly associated with ongoing merger activities from prior years as well as costs associated with the Martin’s acquisition. Prior year 
results included $8.1 million of merger/acquisition and integration expenses primarily associated with the Caito and BRT acquisition, 
and to a lesser extent, other acquisition-related and ongoing merger activities related to the Nash-Finch merger. 

Restructuring, Asset Impairment and Other Charges, Including Goodwill Impairment – In 2018, $37.5 million of net restructuring, 
asset impairment and other charges were incurred, predominantly associated with a non-cash charge related to the collectability of a 
customer advance to an independent retailer of $32.0 million as well as charges incurred as part of the Company’s retail store 
rationalization plans, partially offset by changes in estimates of closed store liabilities and gains on sales of real estate. Prior year 
results included $228.5 million of restructuring, asset impairment and other charges that consisted primarily of non-cash goodwill 
impairment charge of $189.0 million related to the Retail segment and $39.4 million of restructuring and asset impairment charges 
primarily associated with the underlying performance of Company’s retail store base and the execution of its store rationalization 
program.

-23-

 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Operating Earnings (Loss)

(In thousands)

Food Distribution............................ $  
Military ...........................................
Retail ...............................................

Operating earnings (loss) ............. $  

2018

48,752 
5,647 
16,113 
70,512 

Percentage of
Net Sales

2017

Percentage of
Net Sales

Change in  
    Percentage of  

Variance

Net Sales

83,115   
1.2  %  $  
6,969   
0.3   
0.8   
  (196,759)  
0.9  %  $   (106,675)  

(34,363)
(1,322)  

2.2  %  $  
0.3   
(9.9)  
(1.3) %  $   177,187   

  212,872 

(1.0)
— 
10.7 
2.2  

The Company reported operating earnings of $70.5 million in 2018 compared to an operating loss of $106.7 million in the prior year. 
The increase of $177.2 million was primarily attributable to prior year non-cash goodwill and asset impairment charges, 
predominantly related to the Retail segment. The increase was also attributable to higher sales volumes and lower administrative costs, 
partially offset by the charge associated with the customer advance, a decrease in gross profit rates, and increases in warehousing and 
transportation costs. 

Food Distribution operating earnings decreased $34.4 million, or 41.3%, to $48.8 million in 2018 from $83.1 million in the prior year. 
The decrease was primarily attributable to the charge on the customer advance, the voluntary product recall, higher transportation 
costs associated with the roll-out of a significant new customer program and higher LIFO expense, partially offset by higher sales 
volume and lower healthcare and administrative costs.

Military operating earnings decreased $1.3 million, or 18.9%, to $5.6 million in 2018 from $7.0 million in the prior year. The decrease 
was attributable to higher transportation costs, operational issues at one distribution center and higher LIFO expense, partially offset 
by lower administrative costs, lower integration costs, higher sales volume and the gain on the sale of real estate.

Retail operating earnings increased $212.9 million to $16.1 million in 2018 compared to an operating loss of $196.8 million in the 
prior year. The increase was primarily due to goodwill and asset impairment charges in the prior year. Other significant factors include 
lower health care and other benefits and the closure of underperforming stores, partially offset by lower comparable store sales, higher 
fees paid to pharmacy benefit managers, as well as acquisition and integration expenses related to the Martin’s acquisition.

Interest Expense – Interest expense increased $5.1 million, or 20.3%, to $30.5 million in 2018 from $25.3 million in the prior year 
primarily due to an increase in interest rates compared to the prior year.

Income Taxes – The Company’s effective income tax rates were 17.0% and 60.0% for 2018 and 2017, respectively. Differences from 
the federal statutory rate in the current year are primarily due to the lapse of the statute of limitations for an uncertain tax position and 
tax credits, partially offset by tax expense related to stock-based compensation and state income taxes. Differences from the federal 
statutory rate in the prior year were primarily due to the re-measurement of deferred taxes, state taxes, tax benefits related to stock-
based compensation and charitable product donations. In the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company re-measured its deferred tax assets 
and liabilities to reflect a change in the federal statutory rate from 35% to 21%, effective January 1, 2018, resulting from the Tax Cuts 
and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”), enacted on December 22, 2017. As a result, the Company realized an income tax benefit of $26.0 
million related to 2017. Refer to Note 13, Income Tax, within the notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional 
information regarding the Tax Act.

Results of Continuing Operations for 2017 Compared to 2016

Net Sales 

(In thousands)

2017

Food Distribution............................ $   3,827,909 
Military ...........................................
Retail ...............................................

  2,144,022   
  1,991,868 

Total net sales............................... $   7,963,799   

Percentage of
Total
Net Sales

2016

Percentage of
Total
Net Sales

Variance

Percentage  
Change

48.1  %  $   3,281,025 
26.9   
25.0   
100.0  %  $   7,561,084   

  2,197,014   
  2,083,045 

43.4  %  $   546,884 
(52,992)  
29.1   
27.5   
(91,177)
100.0  %  $   402,715   

16.7 
(2.4)
(4.4)
5.3  

Net sales increased $402.7 million, or 5.3%, to $7.96 billion in 2017 from $7.56 billion in 2016. The increase in net sales was 
primarily attributable to contributions from the Caito acquisition, organic growth of 4.1% in the Food Distribution segment, new 
military commissary business in the Southwest in the second half of the year and increased contributions from the DeCA private brand 
program, partly offset by lower comparable sales at DeCA operated locations and lower sales in the Retail segment resulting from the 
closure and sale of retail stores and a decrease in comparable store sales. 

-24-

 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Food Distribution net sales, after intercompany eliminations, increased $546.9 million, or 16.7%, to $3.83 billion in 2017 from $3.28 
billion in 2016. The increase was primarily due to contributions from the Caito acquisition and organic growth of 3.7% related to 
incremental sales volume to existing customers.

Military net sales decreased $53.0 million, or 2.4%, to $2.14 billion in 2017 from $2.20 billion in 2016. The decrease was primarily 
due to lower sales at the DeCA operated locations, partially offset by new business in the Southwest and contributions from the DeCA 
private brand program.

Retail net sales decreased $91.2 million, or 4.4%, to $1.99 billion in 2017 from $2.08 billion in 2016. The decrease in net sales was 
primarily attributable to $60.8 million of lower sales resulting from the closures and sales of retail stores as well as negative 
comparable store sales, partially offset by the impact of higher fuel prices. Comparable store sales for the year, excluding fuel, were 
negative 2.4%. 

Gross Profit – Gross profit increased $33.4 million, or 3.0%, to $1.14 billion in 2017 compared to $1.11 billion in 2016. As a percent 
of net sales, gross profit decreased from 14.7% to 14.4% due to several factors, most notably the increased mix of Food Distribution 
sales as a percentage of total sales. The rate was also impacted by margin investments at both Retail and Food Distribution, the cycling 
of a significant 2016 LIFO benefit and lower fuel margins, partially offset by higher margin rates in the Military segment.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses – SG&A expenses increased $51.8 million, or 5.4%, to $1,015.0 million in 2017 from 
$963.2 million in 2016, representing 12.7% of net sales in both years. The increase in SG&A expense was primarily attributable to 
higher operational expenses related to the Caito acquisition, increased healthcare costs and higher transportation and occupancy costs, 
partially offset by lower incentive compensation and other cost savings. 

Merger/Acquisition and Integration Expenses – In 2017, $8.1 million of merger/acquisition and integration expenses were incurred 
mainly associated with the Caito and BRT acquisition, and to a lesser extent, other acquisition-related and ongoing merger activities. 
The Company’s 2016 results included $7.0 million of merger/acquisition and integration expenses primarily associated with the Nash-
Finch merger, particularly system upgrades and implementations, as well as costs incurred in connection with 2016 and 2015 
acquisitions. 

Restructuring, Asset Impairment and Other Charges, Including Goodwill Impairment – In 2017, $228.5 million of net restructuring, 
asset impairment and other charges were incurred, predominantly associated with goodwill and asset impairment charges. The 
Company recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $189.0 million related to the Retail segment. The impairment was 
driven by significantly lower than expected Retail operating results due to an increasingly competitive retail environment and the 
related pricing pressures that are anticipated to negatively impact gross margin, operating profit, and future cash flows. The Company 
also recorded $39.4 million of restructuring and asset impairment and restructuring charges primarily associated with the underlying 
performance of Company’s retail store base and the execution of its store rationalization program. The Company’s 2016 results 
included $32.1 million of restructuring and asset impairment charges that consisted primarily of impairment charges related to four 
underperforming retail stores and restructuring charges primarily related to three retail stores and two food distribution centers. The 
facilities were closed as part of the Company’s retail store and warehouse rationalization plan. 

Operating (Loss) Earnings

(In thousands)

2017

Percentage of
Net Sales

2016

Percentage of
Net Sales

Change in  
    Percentage of  

Variance

Net Sales

Food Distribution............................ $  
Military ...........................................
Retail ...............................................

83,115 
6,969 
  (196,759)    

Operating (loss) earnings ............. $   (106,675)

85,296   
2.2  %  $  
12,216   
0.3   
(9.9)  
11,672   
(1.3) %  $   109,184   

(2,181)
2.6  %  $  
(5,247)  
0.6   
0.6   
  (208,431)
1.4  %  $   (215,859)  

(0.4)
(0.3)
(10.5)
(2.7)

The Company reported an operating loss of $106.7 million in 2017 compared to operating earnings of $109.2 million in 2016. The 
decrease of $215.9 million was primarily attributable to 2017 non-cash goodwill and restructuring and asset impairment charges of 
$228.5 million, predominantly related to the Retail segment, higher costs associated with Caito operations and Fresh Kitchen start-up 
activities, as well as increased LIFO and health care expenses, partly offset by lower incentive compensation expense and various cost 
savings initiatives. 

Food Distribution operating earnings decreased $2.2 million, or 2.6%, to $83.1 million in 2017 from $85.3 million in 2016. The 
decrease was primarily attributable to Caito operations and Fresh Kitchen start-up activities and higher LIFO expense, partially offset 
by net sales growth from new and existing customers, lower incentive compensation and lower operating expenses associated with 
various cost savings initiatives.

-25-

 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
Military operating earnings decreased $5.3 million, or 43.0%, to $7.0 million in 2017 from $12.2 million in 2016. The decrease was 
primarily due to lower sales at the DeCA-operated commissaries, higher supply chain costs associated with industry-wide 
transportation cost challenges, onboarding and ramping up new and high-growth lines of business and increased healthcare and LIFO 
expense, partially offset by growth from the new military commissary business in the Southwest and the DeCA private brand program, 
as well as lower incentive compensation and margin improvements.

Retail reported an operating loss of ($196.8) million in 2017 compared to operating earnings of $11.7 million in 2016. The decrease 
was primarily due to goodwill and higher asset impairment charges, lower comparable store sales, investments in margin and store 
labor, and higher occupancy and healthcare costs, partly offset by lower costs related to incentive compensation, depreciation, 
merger/acquisition and integration and closed stores.

Interest Expense – Interest expense increased $6.2 million, or 32.8%, to $25.3 million in 2017 from $19.1 million in 2016 primarily 
due to increased borrowings related to the Caito and BRT acquisition and the timing of working capital requirements.

Debt Extinguishment – A loss on debt extinguishment of $0.4 million was incurred in 2017 in connection with the pay down of the 
term loan component of the senior secured credit facility. A loss on debt extinguishment of $0.2 million was incurred in 2016 in 
connection with the amendment of the senior secured credit facility.

Income Taxes – The Company’s effective income tax rates were 60.0% and 36.6% for 2017 and 2016, respectively. Differences from 
the federal statutory rate are primarily due to the re-measurement of deferred taxes mentioned previously, state taxes, tax benefits 
related to stock-based compensation and charitable product donations in the current year and state taxes in 2016. 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to reporting financial results in accordance with GAAP, the Company also provides information regarding adjusted 
operating earnings, adjusted earnings from continuing operations, and adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and 
amortization (“adjusted EBITDA”). These are non-GAAP financial measures, as defined below, and are used by management to 
allocate resources, assess performance against its peers and evaluate overall performance. The Company believes these measures 
provide useful information for both management and its investors. The Company believes these non-GAAP measures are useful to 
investors because they provide additional understanding of the trends and special circumstances that affect its business. These 
measures provide useful supplemental information that helps investors to establish a basis for expected performance and the ability to 
evaluate actual results against that expectation. The measures, when considered in connection with GAAP results, can be used to 
assess the overall performance of the Company as well as assess the Company’s performance against its peers. These measures are 
also used as a basis for certain compensation programs sponsored by the Company. In addition, securities analysts, fund managers and 
other shareholders and stakeholders that communicate with the Company request its financial results in these adjusted formats.

Current year adjusted operating earnings, adjusted earnings from continuing operations, and adjusted EBITDA exclude start-up costs 
associated with the new Fresh Kitchen operation through the start-up period, which concluded during the first quarter. The Fresh 
Kitchen is a newly constructed facility that provides the Company with the ability to process, cook, and package fresh protein-based 
foods and complete meal solutions. Given the Fresh Kitchen represents a new line of business for the Company, the start-up activities 
associated with testing, training, and preparing the Fresh Kitchen for production, as well as incorporating the related operations into 
the business, are considered “non-operational” or “non-core” in nature. The 2017 retirement stock compensation award represents 
incremental compensation expense in connection with an executive retirement that is also considered “non-operational” or “non-core” 
in nature.

Adjusted Operating Earnings 

Adjusted operating earnings is a non-GAAP operating financial measure that the Company defines as operating earnings plus or minus 
adjustments for items that do not reflect the ongoing operating activities of the Company and costs associated with the closing of 
operational locations. 

-26-

The Company believes that adjusted operating earnings provide a meaningful representation of its operating performance for the 
Company as a whole and for its operating segments. The Company considers adjusted operating earnings as an additional way to 
measure operating performance on an ongoing basis. Adjusted operating earnings is meant to reflect the ongoing operating 
performance of all of its distribution and retail operations; consequently, it excludes the impact of items that could be considered 
“non-operating” or “non-core” in nature, and also excludes the contributions of activities classified as discontinued 
operations. Because adjusted operating earnings and adjusted operating earnings by segment are performance measures that 
management uses to allocate resources, assess performance against its peers and evaluate overall performance, the Company believes 
it provides useful information for both management and its investors. In addition, securities analysts, fund managers and other 
shareholders and stakeholders that communicate with the Company request its operating financial results in an adjusted operating 
earnings format. 

Adjusted operating earnings and adjusted operating earnings by segment are not measures of performance under accounting principles 
generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and should not be considered as a substitute for operating earnings, 
cash flows from operating activities and other income or cash flow statement data. The Company’s definitions of adjusted operating 
earnings and adjusted operating earnings by segment may not be identical to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. 

Following is a reconciliation of operating earnings (loss) to adjusted operating earnings for 2018, 2017 and 2016.

 (In thousands)

Operating earnings (loss).......................................................................................... $  
Adjustments:

Merger/acquisition and integration ........................................................................
Restructuring, goodwill/asset impairment and other charges ................................
Fresh Kitchen start-up costs...................................................................................
Stock compensation associated with executive retirement....................................
Expenses associated with tax planning strategies..................................................
Severance associated with cost reduction initiatives .............................................

Adjusted operating earnings ..................................................................................... $  
Reconciliation of operating earnings (loss) to adjusted operating earnings by segment:

2018

70,512 

 $  

2017
(106,675)

2016
109,184 

 $  

4,937 
37,546 
1,366 
— 
225 
1,023 
115,609 

8,101 
228,459 
8,082 
1,172 
3,798 
368 
143,305 

 $  

 $  

6,959 
32,116 
— 
— 
— 
859 
149,118 

Food Distribution:
Operating earnings.................................................................................................... $  
Adjustments:

Merger/acquisition and integration ........................................................................
Restructuring, asset impairment and other charges ...............................................
Fresh Kitchen start-up costs...................................................................................
Stock compensation associated with executive retirement....................................
Expenses associated with tax planning strategies..................................................
Severance associated with cost reduction initiatives .............................................

Adjusted operating earnings ..................................................................................... $  
Military:
Operating earnings.................................................................................................... $  
Adjustments:

Merger/acquisition and integration ........................................................................
Restructuring (gains) charges ................................................................................
Stock compensation associated with executive retirement....................................
Expenses associated with tax planning strategies..................................................
Severance associated with cost reduction initiatives .............................................

Adjusted operating earnings ..................................................................................... $  
Retail:
Operating earnings (loss).......................................................................................... $  
Adjustments:

Merger/acquisition and integration ........................................................................
Restructuring charges and goodwill/asset impairment ..........................................
Stock compensation associated with executive retirement....................................
Expenses associated with tax planning strategies..................................................
Severance associated with cost reduction initiatives .............................................

Adjusted operating earnings ..................................................................................... $  

48,752 

 $  

83,115 

 $  

85,296 

3,581 
33,056 
1,366 
— 
116 
763 
87,634 

6,244 
1,317 
8,082 
591 
1,744 
342 
101,435 

 $  

 $  

3,703 
5,068 
— 
— 
— 
229 
94,296 

5,647 

 $  

6,969 

 $  

12,216 

4 
(801)
— 
28 
107 
4,985 

 $  

1,522 
500 
147 
593 
7 
9,738 

 $  

1 
(473)
— 
— 
245 
11,989 

16,113 

 $  

(196,759)

 $  

11,672 

1,352 
5,291 
— 
81 
153 
22,990 

335 
226,642 
434 
1,461 
19 
32,132 

 $  

 $  

3,255 
27,521 
— 
— 
385 
42,833  

-27-

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
Adjusted Earnings from Continuing Operations 

Adjusted earnings from continuing operations is a non-GAAP operating financial measure that the Company defines as earnings from 
continuing operations plus or minus adjustments for items that do not reflect the ongoing operating activities of the Company and 
costs associated with the closing of operational locations. 

The Company believes that adjusted earnings from continuing operations provide a meaningful representation of its operating 
performance for the Company. The Company considers adjusted earnings from continuing operations as an additional way to measure 
operating performance on an ongoing basis. Adjusted earnings from continuing operations is meant to reflect the ongoing operating 
performance of all of its distribution and retail operations; consequently, it excludes the impact of items that could be considered 
“non-operating” or “non-core” in nature, and also excludes the contributions of activities classified as discontinued operations. 
Because adjusted earnings from continuing operations is a performance measure that management uses to allocate resources, assess 
performance against its peers and evaluate overall performance, the Company believes it provides useful information for both 
management and its investors. In addition, securities analysts, fund managers and other shareholders and stakeholders that 
communicate with the Company request its operating financial results in adjusted earnings from continuing operations format. 

Adjusted earnings from continuing operations is not a measure of performance under accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United States of America and should not be considered as a substitute for net earnings, cash flows from operating activities and other 
income or cash flow statement data. The Company’s definition of adjusted earnings from continuing operations may not be identical 
to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. 

Following is a reconciliation of earnings (loss) from continuing operations to adjusted earnings from continuing operations for 2018, 
2017 and 2016. 

(In thousands, except per share data)

Earnings

2018

2017

2016

    per diluted    
share

Earnings

    per diluted    
share

Earnings

    per diluted   
share

Earnings (loss) from continuing 
operations.................................................. $  
Adjustments:

Merger/acquisition and integration ........
Restructuring, goodwill/asset 
impairment and other charges ................
Fresh Kitchen start-up costs ...................
Expenses associated with tax
planning strategies..................................
Severance associated with cost reduction 
initiatives ................................................
Stock compensation associated with 
executive retirement ...............................
Loss on debt extinguishment..................
Total adjustments ................................

Income tax effect on
adjustments (a) .......................................
Impact of Tax Cuts
and Jobs Act (b) .....................................
Total adjustments, net of taxes ............

Adjusted earnings from continuing 
operations.................................................. $  

33,791 

$

0.94   $ 

(52,617)

$  

(1.41)

$ 

57,056 

$ 

1.52  

4,937      

37,546 
1,366      

225 

1,023 

— 
—      
45,097      

(11,139)

(494)
33,464    

0.93   

8,101  

228,459 
8,082  

3,798 

368 

1,172 
—  
249,980  

(92,767)

(25,992)
131,221  

6,959      

32,116 

—      

— 

859 

— 
247      
40,181      

(15,071)

3.51     

— 
25,110     

0.68  

67,255 

$ 

1.87   $ 

78,604 

$  

2.10 

$ 

82,166 

$ 

2.19  

  (a) The income tax effect on adjustments is computed by applying the applicable tax rate to the adjustments.
  (b) Includes a $1.1 million and $4.8 million tax benefit attributable to tax planning strategies related to the Tax Act for 2018 and 

2017, respectively.

-28-

 
   
   
  
 
 
 
 
    
   
   
   
   
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
      
   
    
  
    
       
      
  
 
   
 
   
     
  
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
   
 
   
     
  
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
    
  
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
   
 
   
     
  
 
   
 
   
     
  
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (“adjusted EBITDA”) is a non-GAAP operating financial 
measure that the Company defines as net earnings plus interest, discontinued operations, depreciation and amortization, and other non-
cash items including deferred (stock) compensation, the LIFO provision, as well as adjustments for items that do not reflect the 
ongoing operating activities of the Company and costs associated with the closing of operational locations. 

The Company believes that adjusted EBITDA provides a meaningful representation of its operating performance for the Company as a 
whole and for its operating segments. The Company considers adjusted EBITDA as an additional way to measure operating 
performance on an ongoing basis. Adjusted EBITDA is meant to reflect the ongoing operating performance of all of its distribution 
and retail operations; consequently, it excludes the impact of items that could be considered “non-operating” or “non-core” in nature, 
and also excludes the contributions of activities classified as discontinued operations. Because adjusted EBITDA and adjusted 
EBITDA by segment are performance measures that management uses to allocate resources, assess performance against its peers and 
evaluate overall performance, the Company believes it provides useful information for both management and its investors. In addition, 
securities analysts, fund managers and other shareholders and stakeholders that communicate with the Company request its operating 
financial results in an adjusted EBITDA format. 

Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA by segment are not measures of performance under accounting principles generally accepted 
in the United States of America and should not be considered as a substitute for net earnings, cash flows from operating activities and 
other income or cash flow statement data. The Company’s definitions of adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA by segment may not 
be identical to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. 

-29-

Following is a reconciliation of net earnings (loss) to adjusted EBITDA for 2018, 2017 and 2016.

 (In thousands)

Net earnings (loss) ................................................................................................
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax ...................................................
Income tax expense (benefit) .............................................................................
Other expenses, net ............................................................................................
Operating earnings (loss) ......................................................................................
Adjustments:

LIFO expense (benefit) ......................................................................................
Depreciation and amortization ...........................................................................
Merger/acquisition and integration ....................................................................
Restructuring, goodwill/asset impairment and other charges ............................
Expenses associated with tax planning strategies ..............................................
Fresh Kitchen start-up costs ...............................................................................
Stock-based compensation .................................................................................
Other non-cash gains ..........................................................................................
Adjusted EBITDA.................................................................................................
Reconciliation of operating earnings (loss) to adjusted EBITDA by segment:

Food Distribution:
Operating earnings ................................................................................................
Adjustments:

LIFO expense (benefit) ......................................................................................
Depreciation and amortization ...........................................................................
Merger/acquisition and integration ....................................................................
Restructuring, asset impairment and other charges............................................
Expenses associated with tax planning strategies ..............................................
Fresh Kitchen start-up costs ...............................................................................
Stock-based compensation .................................................................................
Other non-cash charges ......................................................................................
Adjusted EBITDA.................................................................................................
Military:
Operating earnings ................................................................................................
Adjustments:

LIFO expense (benefit) ......................................................................................
Depreciation and amortization ...........................................................................
Merger/acquisition and integration ....................................................................
Restructuring (gains) charges and asset impairment..........................................
Expenses associated with tax planning strategies ..............................................
Stock-based compensation .................................................................................
Other non-cash (gains) charges ..........................................................................
Adjusted EBITDA.................................................................................................
Retail:
Operating earnings (loss) ......................................................................................
Adjustments:

LIFO expense (benefit) ......................................................................................
Depreciation and amortization ...........................................................................
Merger/acquisition and integration ....................................................................
Restructuring charges and goodwill/asset impairment.......................................
Expenses associated with tax planning strategies ..............................................
Stock-based compensation .................................................................................
Other non-cash gains ..........................................................................................
Adjusted EBITDA.................................................................................................

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

2018

  33,572   $
219    
  6,907    
  29,814    
  70,512    

   4,601   
   82,634   
   4,937   
   37,546   
225   
   1,366   
   7,646   
(46) 
 209,421   $

2017
  (52,845) $
228    
  (79,027)  
  24,969    
 (106,675)  

2,898   
   82,243   
8,101   
   228,459   
3,798   
8,082   
9,611   
(515) 
  236,002   $

2016

  56,828 
228 
  32,907 
  19,221 
 109,184 

   (1,919)
   77,246 
   6,959 
   32,116 
— 
— 
   7,936 
(148)
 231,374 

  48,752   $

  83,115   $

  85,296 

   2,270   
   31,854   
   3,581   
   33,056   
116   
   1,366   
   3,626   
724   
 125,345   $

2,036   
   29,258   
6,244   
1,317   
1,744   
8,082   
4,457   
310   
  136,563   $

   (1,128)
   21,397 
   3,703 
   5,068 
— 
— 
   3,491 
152 
 117,979 

  5,647   $

6,969   $

  12,216 

   1,230   
   11,968   
4   
(801) 
28   
   1,244   
(273) 
  19,047   $

394   
   11,626   
1,522   
500   
593   
1,491   
(20) 
  23,075   $

(331)
   11,484 
1 
(473)
— 
   1,347 
261 
  24,505 

  16,113   $

 (196,759) $

  11,672 

   1,101   
   38,812   
   1,352   
   5,291   
81   
   2,776   
(497) 
  65,029   $

468   
   41,359   
335   
   226,642   
1,461   
3,663   
(805) 
  76,364   $

(460)
   44,365 
   3,255 
   27,521 
— 
   3,098 
(561)
  88,890  

-30-

   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
 
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
 
 
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect 
the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an 
ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including those related to bad debts, inventories, intangible assets, assets held for 
sale, long-lived assets, income taxes, self-insurance reserves, restructuring costs, retirement benefits, stock-based compensation, 
contingencies and litigation. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that are believed 
to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets 
and liabilities that may not be readily apparent from other sources. Based on the Company’s ongoing review, the Company makes 
adjustments it considers appropriate under the facts and circumstances. This discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial 
condition and results of operations is based upon the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company believes these 
accounting policies and others set forth in Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Basis of Presentation, in the notes 
to the consolidated financial statements should be reviewed as they are integral to understanding the Company’s financial condition 
and results of operations. The Company has discussed the development, selection and disclosure of these accounting policies with the 
Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. 

An accounting policy is considered critical if: a) it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about matters 
that are highly uncertain at the time the estimate is made, and b) different estimates that reasonably could have been used, or changes 
in the accounting estimates that are reasonably likely to occur periodically, could materially impact the Company’s consolidated 
financial statements. The Company considers the following accounting policies to represent the more critical estimates and 
assumptions used in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements: 

Inventories 

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, with approximately 88.9% of the Company’s inventories valued using the last-in, 
first-out (“LIFO”) method. The remaining inventories are valued on the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. The Company accounts for 
its Food Distribution and Military inventory using a perpetual system and utilizes the retail inventory method (“RIM”) to value 
inventory for center store products in the Retail segment. Under the RIM, inventory is stated at cost with cost of sales and gross 
margin calculated by applying a cost ratio to the retail value of inventories. RIM is an averaging method that has been widely used in 
the retail industry. Inherent in the RIM calculations are certain significant management judgments and estimates, including inventory 
shortages and cost-to-retail ratios, which impact the ending inventory valuation at cost, as well as the resulting gross profit. 
Management consistently applies its RIM valuations by product category and believes that the Company’s RIM provides an inventory 
valuation that reasonably approximates cost. 

Fresh, pharmacy and fuel products are accounted for at cost in the Retail segment. The Company evaluates inventory shortages 
throughout the year based on actual physical counts in its facilities. The Company records allowances for inventory shortages based on 
the results of recent physical counts to provide for estimated shortages from the last physical count to the financial statement date. The 
estimates and assumptions used in valuing inventories, including those used in past calculations, are reviewed and applied 
consistently, and as a result, the Company believes the estimates and assumptions are both reasonable and accurate. The Company 
does not anticipate future changes to the estimates or assumptions used in valuing inventories, but it does anticipate that inflation 
and/or deflation will continue to have a significant impact on the Company’s LIFO reserve as price changes represent a significant 
driver of the calculation.

Vendor Funds, Allowances and Credits 

The Company receives funds from many of its vendors when purchasing products to sell to its corporate owned retail stores and 
independent retailers. Given the highly promotional nature of the retail supermarket industry, vendor allowances are generally 
intended to help defray the costs of promotion, advertising and selling the vendor’s products. Vendor allowances that relate to the 
Company’s buying and merchandising activities consist primarily of promotional allowances, which are generally allowances on 
purchased quantities and, to a lesser extent, slotting allowances, which are billed to vendors for the Company’s merchandising costs 
such as setting up warehouse infrastructure. The proper recognition and timing of accounting for these items are significant to the 
reporting of the results of the Company’s operations. Vendor allowances are recognized as a reduction in cost of sales when the 
related product is sold. Lump sum payments received for multi-year contracts are amortized over the life of the contracts based on 
contractual terms. The amount and timing of recognition of vendor funds as well as the amount of vendor funds to be recognized as a 
reduction to ending inventory requires management judgment and estimates. Management determines these amounts based on 
estimates of current year purchase volume using forecast and historical data and review of average inventory turnover data. These 
judgments and estimates impact the Company’s reported gross profit, operating earnings (loss) and inventory amounts. The Company 
believes its historical estimates and use of this methodology have been reliable in the past and will continue to be reliable in the future.

-31-

Customer Exposure and Credit Risk 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. The Company evaluates the collectability of its accounts and notes receivable based on a 
combination of factors. In most circumstances when the Company becomes aware of factors that may indicate a deterioration in a 
specific customer’s ability to meet its financial obligations (e.g., reductions of product purchases, deteriorating store conditions, 
changes in payment patterns), the Company records a specific reserve to reduce the receivable to an amount the Company reasonably 
believes will be collected. In determining the adequacy of the reserves, the Company analyzes factors such as the value of any 
collateral, customer financial statements, historical collection experience, aging of receivables and other economic and industry 
factors. It is possible that the accuracy of the estimation process could be materially affected by different judgments as to the 
collectability based on information considered and further deterioration of accounts. If circumstances change (e.g., further evidence of 
material adverse creditworthiness, additional accounts become credit risks, store closures), the Company’s estimates of the 
recoverability of amounts due could be reduced by a material amount, including to zero.

Funds Advanced to Independent Retailers. From time to time, the Company may advance funds to independent retailers which are 
earned by the retailers primarily through achieving specified purchase volume requirements, as outlined in their supply agreements 
with the Company, or in limited instances, for remaining a SpartanNash customer for a specified time period. These advances must be 
repaid if the purchase volume requirements are not met or if the retailer does not remain a customer for the specified time period. In 
the event these retailers are unable to repay these advances or otherwise experience an event of default, the Company may be unable 
to recover the unearned portion of the funds advanced to these independent retailers. The Company evaluates the recoverability of 
these advances based on a number of factors, including anticipated and historical purchase volume, the value of any collateral, 
customer financial statements and other economic and industry factors, and establishes a reserve for the advances as necessary. As of 
December 29, 2018, the Company has unearned advanced funds of approximately $85.3 million, and has established a reserve of 
$35.1 million for these advances.

Guarantees of Debt and Lease Obligations of Others. The Company may guarantee debt and lease obligations of independent 
retailers. In the event these retailers are unable to meet their debt service payments or otherwise experience an event of default, the 
Company would be unconditionally liable for the outstanding balance of their debt and lease obligations, which would be due in 
accordance with the underlying agreements.

The Company has guaranteed the outstanding lease obligations of certain independent retailers. These guarantees, which are secured 
by certain business assets and personal guarantees of the respective independent retailers, represent the maximum undiscounted 
payments the Company would be required to make in the event of default. The Company believes these independent retailers will be 
able to perform under the lease agreements and that no payments will be required, and no loss will be incurred under the guarantees. A 
liability representing the fair value of the obligations assumed under the guarantees is included in the accompanying consolidated 
financial statements. 

The Company also subleases and assigns various leases to third parties. In circumstances when the Company becomes aware of 
factors that indicate deterioration in a third party’s ability to meet its financial obligations guaranteed or assigned by SpartanNash, the 
Company records a specific reserve in the amount the Company reasonably believes it will be obligated to pay on the third party’s 
behalf, net of any anticipated recoveries from the third party. In determining the adequacy of these reserves, the Company analyzes 
factors such as those described above in “Allowance for Doubtful Accounts – Methodology” and “Lease Commitments.” It is possible 
that the accuracy of the estimation process could be materially affected by different judgments as to the obligations based on 
information considered and further deterioration of accounts, with the potential for a corresponding adverse effect on operating results 
and cash flows. Triggering these guarantees or obligations under assigned leases would not, however, result in cross default of the 
Company’s debt, but could restrict resources available for general business initiatives. Refer to Note 15, Concentration of Credit Risk, 
in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding customer exposure and credit risk. 

Business Combinations

The Company accounts for acquired businesses using the purchase method of accounting, which requires that the assets acquired and 
liabilities assumed be recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date, with any excess purchase price over the 
estimated fair values of the net assets acquired being recorded as goodwill. 

-32-

Significant judgment is required in estimating the fair value of intangible assets and in assigning their respective useful lives. The fair 
value estimates are based on available historical information and on future expectations and assumptions deemed reasonable by the 
Company but are inherently uncertain. Also, determining the estimated useful life of an intangible asset requires judgment based on 
the Company’s expected use of the asset, as different types of intangible assets will have different useful lives and certain assets may 
even be considered to have indefinite useful lives. The Company typically utilizes the income method to estimate the fair value of 
intangible assets, which discounts the projected future cash flows attributable to the respective assets. Significant estimates and 
assumptions inherent in the valuation reflect a consideration of other marketplace competition and include the amount and timing of 
future cash flows (including expected growth rates and profitability) and the discount rate applied to the cash flows. Unanticipated 
market or macroeconomic events and circumstances may occur that could affect the accuracy or validity of the estimates and 
assumptions.

Goodwill 

Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis (during the last quarter of the year), or whenever events occur or circumstances 
change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. The Company has three 
reporting units, which are the same as the Company’s reportable segments; however, there is no goodwill recorded within the Retail or 
Military segments. Fair values are determined based on the discounted cash flows and comparable market values of each reporting 
segment. If a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying value, an impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the 
carrying value exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. The 
Company’s goodwill impairment analysis also includes a comparison of the aggregate estimated fair value of each reporting unit to 
the Company’s total market capitalization. Therefore, a significant and sustained decline in the Company’s stock price could result in 
goodwill impairment charges. During times of financial market volatility, significant judgment is given to determine the underlying 
cause of the decline and whether stock price declines are short-term in nature or indicative of an event or change in circumstances. 

Determining market values using a discounted cash flow method requires that the Company make significant estimates and 
assumptions, including long-term projections of cash flows, market conditions and appropriate discount rates. The Company’s 
judgments are based on the perspective of a market participant, historical experience, current market trends and other information. In 
estimating future cash flows, the Company utilizes internally generated three-year forecasts for sales and operating profits, including 
capital expenditures, and a long-term assumed growth rate of cash flows for periods after the three-year forecast. The future estimated 
cash flows are discounted based upon the reporting unit’s weighted average cost of capital, which was 11.9% for the Food Distribution 
reporting unit. The determination of the weighted average cost of capital incorporates current interest rates, equity risk premiums, and 
other market-based expectations regarding expected investment returns. The Company generally develops its forecasts based on recent 
sales data for existing operations and other factors. While the Company believes that the estimates and assumptions underlying the 
valuation methodology are reasonable, different assumptions could result in different outcomes. 

As of the date of the most recent goodwill impairment test, which utilized data and assumptions as of October 6, 2018, the Food 
Distribution reporting unit had a fair value that was in excess of its carrying value. The Company has sufficient available information, 
both current and historical, to support its assumptions, judgments and estimates used in the goodwill impairment test; however, if 
actual results for the Food Distribution segment are not consistent with the Company’s estimates, it could result in the Company 
recording a non-cash impairment charge.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets Other Than Goodwill 

Long-lived assets to be held and used are evaluated for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of 
an asset may not be recoverable. When the undiscounted future cash flows are not sufficient to recover an asset’s carrying amount, the 
fair value is compared to the carrying value to determine the impairment loss to be recorded. Long-lived assets are evaluated at the 
asset-group level, which is the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets 
and liabilities. Impairments of long-lived assets were $2.6 million, $33.7 million and $15.6 million for 2018, 2017 and 2016, 
respectively. 

Estimates of future cash flows and expected sales prices are judgments based upon the Company’s experience and knowledge of 
operations. These estimates project cash flows several years into the future and are affected by changes in the economy, the 
competitive environment, real estate market conditions and inflation.

Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value, less cost to sell. Management 
determines fair values using independent appraisals, quotes or expected sales prices developed by internal real estate professionals. 
Estimates of expected sales prices are judgments based upon the Company’s experience, knowledge of market conditions and current 
offers received. Changes in market conditions, the economic environment and other factors, including the Company’s ability to 
effectively compete and react to competitor openings, can significantly impact these estimates. While the Company believes that the 
estimates and assumptions underlying the valuation methodology are reasonable, different assumptions could result in a different 
outcome. 

-33-

Reserves for Closed Properties

The Company records reserves for closed properties that are subject to long-term lease commitments based upon the future minimum 
lease payments and related ancillary costs from the date of closure to the end of the remaining lease term, net of estimated sublease 
rentals that could be reasonably expected to be obtained for the property. Future cash flows are based on contractual lease terms and 
knowledge of the geographic area in which the closed site is located. These estimates are subject to multiple factors, including 
inflation, ability to sublease the property and other economic conditions. Internally developed estimates of sublease rentals are based 
upon the geographic areas in which the properties are located, the results of previous efforts to sublease similar properties, and the 
current economic environment. Reserves may be adjusted in the future based upon the actual resolution of each of these factors At 
December 29, 2018, reserves for closed properties for distribution center and store lease and ancillary costs total $16.4 million. Based 
upon the current economic environment, the Company does not believe that it is likely to obtain any sublease rentals. A 5% 
increase/decrease in future estimated ancillary costs would result in a $0.4 million increase/decrease in the restructuring charge 
liability.

Insurance Reserves 

SpartanNash is self-insured through self-insurance retentions or high deductible programs for workers’ compensation, general 
liability, and automobile liability, and is also self-insured for healthcare costs. Self-insurance liabilities are recorded based on claims 
filed and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported. Workers’ compensation, general liability and automobile liabilities are 
actuarially estimated based on available historical information on an undiscounted basis. The Company has purchased stop-loss 
coverage to limit its exposure on a per claim basis for its self-insurance retentions and high deductible programs. On a per claim basis, 
the Company’s exposure is up to $0.5 million for workers’ compensation and general liability, $1.0 million for automobile liability, 
and $0.5 million for healthcare per covered life per year. Refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Basis of 
Presentation, in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional information related to self-insurance reserves.

Any projection of losses concerning insurance reserves is subject to a degree of variability. Among the causes of variability are 
unpredictable external factors affecting future inflation rates, discount rates, litigation trends, changing regulations, legal 
interpretations, benefit level changes and claim settlement patterns. Although the Company’s estimates of liabilities incurred do not 
anticipate significant changes in historical trends for these variables, such changes could have a material impact on future claim costs 
and currently recorded liabilities. The impact of many of these variables may be difficult to estimate. 

Defined Benefit Plans

Accounting for defined benefit plans involves estimating the cost of benefits to be provided in the future, based on vested years of 
service, and attributing those costs over the time period each associate works. The significant factors affecting the Company’s pension 
costs are the fair values of plan assets and the selections of management’s key assumptions, including the expected return on plan 
assets and the discount rate used by the Company’s actuary to calculate its liability. The Company considers current market 
conditions, including changes in interest rates and investment returns, in selecting these assumptions. The discount rate is based on 
current investment yields on high quality fixed-income investments and projected cash flow obligations. Expected return on plan 
assets is based on projected returns by asset class on broad, publicly traded equity and fixed-income indices, as well as the Company’s 
target asset allocation, which is designed to meet the Company’s long-term pension requirements. While the Company believes the 
assumptions selected are reasonable, significant differences in its actual experience, plan amendments or significant changes in the fair 
value of its plan assets may materially affect its pension obligations and its future expense.

Sensitivities to changes in the major assumptions for the SpartanNash Company Pension Plan and the SpartanNash Company Retiree 
Medical Plan as of December 29, 2018, are as follows:

(In millions, except percentages)
Expected return on plan assets - SpartanNash Company Pension Plan........
Discount rate - SpartanNash Company Pension Plan ...................................
Discount rate - SpartanNash Company Retiree Medical Plan ......................

Percentage
Point
Change
+/- 0.75
+/- 0.75
+/- 0.75

Projected

  Benefit Obligation
  Decrease / (Increase)
N/A
$3.2 / $(3.6)
$0.7 / $(0.9)

2019
Expense

  Decrease / (Increase)
$0.3 / $(0.3)
N/A
N/A

Refer to Note 11, Associate Retirement Plans, in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional information related to 
the assumptions used to estimate the cost of benefits and for details related to changes in the funded status of the defined benefit 
pension plans.

-34-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income Taxes 

SpartanNash is subject to periodic audits by the Internal Revenue Service and other state and local taxing authorities. These audits 
may challenge certain of the Company’s tax positions, such as the timing and amount of income credits and deductions and the 
allocation of taxable income to various tax jurisdictions. The Company evaluates its tax positions and establishes liabilities in 
accordance with the applicable accounting guidance on uncertainty in income taxes. These tax uncertainties are reviewed as facts and 
circumstances change and are adjusted accordingly. This requires significant management judgment in estimating final outcomes. 
Actual results could materially differ from these estimates and could significantly affect the Company’s effective income tax rate and 
cash flows in future years. The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected tax consequences of temporary 
differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in 
which it expects the differences to reverse. Refer to Note 13, Income Tax, in the notes to consolidated financial statements for 
additional information on income taxes.

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Cash Flow Information

The following table summarizes the Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows for 2018, 2017 and 2016: 

  (In thousands)

Cash flow activities

2018

2017

2016

Net cash provided by operating activities....................................................... $  
Net cash used in investing activities...............................................................
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities........................................
Net cash used in discontinued operations.......................................................
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents...................................
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year ...........................................
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year...................................................... $  

171,658    $  
(64,156)   
(104,300)   
(284)   
2,918     
15,667     
18,585    $  

52,843    $ 
(315,393)     
254,003       
(137)     
(8,684)     
24,351       
15,667    $ 

157,191 
(68,227)
(86,594)
(738)
1,632 
22,719 
24,351  

Net cash provided by operating activities. Net cash provided by operating activities increased for 2018 compared to 2017 by 
approximately $118.8 million primarily due to lower working capital requirements, particularly inventory and accounts receivable, 
compared to the prior year.

Net cash provided by operating activities decreased for 2017 versus 2016 by approximately $104.3 million. The change was primarily 
due to the timing of working capital requirements, particularly higher accounts receivable and inventory balances associated with new 
distribution business and incremental sales to certain high-growth distribution customers. The timing of year-end payments impacting 
accounts payable balances also contributed to the change in cash flows, which was partly offset by lower customer advances compared 
to the 2016. 

During 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company made $0.1 million, $10.7 million and $35.8 million, respectively, in net income tax 
payments. 

Net cash used in investing activities. Net cash used in investing activities decreased $251.2 million in 2018 compared to 2017 
primarily due to the Caito and BRT acquisition made in the prior year.

Net cash used in investing activities increased $247.2 million in 2017 compared to 2016 primarily due to the Caito and BRT 
acquisition made in 2017

The Food Distribution, Military and Retail segments utilized 46.6%, 4.9% and 48.5% of capital expenditures, respectively, for 2018. 
Expenditures for 2018 primarily related to retail store remodels and upgrades, which include five store remodels, various equipment 
purchases, and IT system upgrades and implementations to better streamline processes and meet the operational and supply chain 
needs of the Company. The Company expects capital expenditures to range from $85.0 million to $93.0 million for 2019. 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities. Net cash used in financing activities increased $358.3 million during 2018 over 
2017 primarily due to borrowings on the revolving credit facility in the prior year to fund the acquisition and working capital, as well 
as increases in cash provided by operating activities which were used to pay down debt in the current year. 

Net cash provided by financing activities increased $340.6 million during 2017 over 2016 primarily due to borrowings on the 
revolving credit facility to fund the Caito and BRT acquisition and timing of working capital requirements, partially offset by a $26.0 
million increase in cash used for the repurchase of common stock.

-35-

   
 
 
 
 
   
     
   
         
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash used in discontinued operations. Net cash used in discontinued operations contains the net cash flows of the Company’s 
Food Distribution and Retail discontinued operations and is primarily composed of facility maintenance expenditures. 

Debt Management

Total debt, including capital lease obligations and current maturities, decreased $51.9 million to $698.1 million as of December 29, 
2018 from $750.0 million at December 30, 2017. The decrease in total debt was driven by principal payments in the current year due 
to an increase in cash provided by operations.

In  December  2018,  SpartanNash  Company  and  certain  of  its  subsidiaries  entered  into  an  amendment  (the  “Amendment”)  to  the 
Company’s Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”). The principal changes of the amendment 
included an extension of the maturity date of the loans from December 20, 2021 to December 18, 2023, the ability to increase the size 
of  the  Tranche  A  revolving  loan  to  $975  million  from  $900  million,  an  amendment  to  the  interest  rate  grid  such  that  rates  for  the 
Tranche A-1 revolving loans are now LIBOR plus 2.25% to LIBOR plus 2.50%, a reload of the $60 million Tranche A-2 term loan 
and a reset of certain advance rates for the borrowing base. The Credit Agreement provides for borrowings of $1.1 billion, consisting 
of three tranches: a $975 million secured revolving credit facility (Tranche A), a $40 million secured revolving credit facility (Tranche 
A-1), and a $60 million term loan (Tranche A-2). The Company has the ability to increase the size of the Credit Agreement by an 
additional $325 million, subject to certain conditions in the Credit Agreement. The Company’s obligations under the related Credit 
Agreement are secured by substantially all of the Company’s personal and real property. The Company may repay all loans in whole 
or in part at any time without penalty.

Liquidity

The Company’s principal sources of liquidity are cash flows generated from operations and its senior secured credit facility. As of 
December 29, 2018, the senior secured credit facility had outstanding borrowings of $660.9 million. Additional available borrowings 
under the Company’s $1.1 billion Credit Agreement are based on stipulated advance rates on eligible assets, as defined in the Credit 
Agreement. The Credit Agreement requires that the Company maintains Excess Availability of 10% of the borrowing base, as defined 
in the Credit Agreement. The Company had excess availability after the 10% requirement of $262.0 million at December 29, 2018. 
Payment of dividends and repurchases of outstanding shares are permitted, provided that certain levels of excess availability are 
maintained. The credit facility provides for the issuance of letters of credit, of which $11.7 million were outstanding as of December 
29, 2018. The revolving credit facility matures December 18, 2023 and is secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets. The 
Company believes that cash generated from operating activities and available borrowings under the Credit Agreement will be 
sufficient to meet anticipated requirements for working capital, capital expenditures, dividend payments, and debt service obligations 
for the foreseeable future. However, there can be no assurance that the business will continue to generate cash flow at or above current 
levels or that the Company will maintain its ability to borrow under the Credit Agreement. 

The Company’s current ratio (current assets to current liabilities) was 2.10:1 at December 29, 2018 compared to 2.03:1 at December 
30, 2017, and its investment in working capital was $524.6 million at December 29, 2018 compared to $509.7 million at December 
30, 2017. Net debt to total capital ratio decreased to 0.49:1 at December 29, 2018 from 0.50:1 at December 30, 2017. Total net debt is 
a non-GAAP financial measure that is defined as long-term debt and capital lease obligations, plus current maturities of long-term 
debt and capital lease obligations, less cash and cash equivalents. The Company believes both management and its investors find the 
information useful because it reflects the amount of long-term debt obligations that are not covered by available cash and temporary 
investments. Total net debt is not a substitute for GAAP financial measures and may differ from similarly titled measures of other 
companies.

Following is a reconciliation of long-term debt and capital lease obligations to total net long-term debt and capital lease obligations as 
of December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017.

(In thousands)

Current maturities of long-term debt and capital lease obligations ................................................... $
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations ....................................................................................
Total debt ........................................................................................................................................
Cash and cash equivalents .................................................................................................................

Total net long-term debt.................................................................................................................. $

-36-

  December 30,

December 29,
2018
  18,263    $
  679,797     
   698,060   
   (18,585) 
  679,475    $

2017

9,196 
  740,755 
   749,951 
   (15,667)
  734,284  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual Obligations

The table below presents the Company’s significant contractual obligations as of December 29, 2018 (a): 

(In thousands)

Amount Committed By Period

Total
Amount

Committed    

Less
than 1
year

1-3 years

3-5 years

More
than 5
years

Long-term debt (b) ................................................. $  
Estimated interest on long-term debt .....................
Capital leases (c) ....................................................
Interest on capital leases.........................................
Operating leases (c)................................................
Lease and ancillary costs of closed sites,
undiscounted...........................................................
Purchase obligations (merchandise) (d) .................
Self-insurance liability ...........................................

665,299    $  

56,515   
39,558   
15,708   
278,063   

11,423    $  
12,542   
6,840   
2,251   
55,137   

22,059    $   631,675    $  
23,255   
8,421   
4,005   
88,610   

20,717   
5,225   
3,372   
58,543   

142 
1 
19,072 
6,080 
75,773 

4,719 
1,784 
671 
Total..................................................................... $   1,168,626    $   143,431    $   187,614    $   729,339    $   108,242  

5,565 
31,895   
3,804   

18,740 
80,452   
14,291   

4,056 
42,574   
8,608   

4,400 
4,199   
1,208   

  (a) Excludes funding of pension and other postretirement benefit obligations. The Company expects to make contributions to its 

defined benefit pension plans in 2019, as necessary, to fund the distributions in connection with the termination of the Plan 
described within Note 11, Associate Retirement Plans. Also excludes contributions under various multi-employer pension and 
health and welfare plans, which totals $13.3 million and $13.8 million, respectively, for the year ended December 29, 2018. For 
additional information, refer to Note 11, Associate Retirement Plans, in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. Also 
excludes unrecognized tax liabilities, as the Company cannot reasonably estimate the timing of potential cash settlement. For 
additional information, refer to Note 13, Income Tax, in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
  (b) Refer to Note 7, Long-Term Debt, in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.
  (c) Operating and capital lease obligations do not include common area maintenance, insurance or tax payments for which the 

Company is also obligated. These costs totaled approximately $15.4 million in 2018.

  (d) The amount of purchase obligations shown in this table represents the amount of product the Company is contractually obligated 
to purchase in order to earn $11.8 million in advanced contract monies that are receivable under the contracts. At December 29, 
2018, $3.0 million in advanced contract monies has been received under these contracts where recognition has been deferred on 
the consolidated balance sheet. If the Company does not fulfill these purchase obligations, it would only be obligated to repay the 
unearned upfront contract monies. The amount shown here does not include the following: a) purchase obligations made in the 
normal course of business as those obligations involve purchase orders based on current Company needs that are typically 
cancelable and/or fulfilled by vendors within a very short period of time; b) agreements that are cancelable by the Company 
without significant penalty, including contracts for routine outsourced services; and c) contracts that do not contain minimum 
annual purchase commitments but include other standard contractual considerations that must be fulfilled in order to earn 
advanced contract monies that have been received.

The Company has also made certain commercial commitments that extend beyond December 29, 2018. These commitments include 
standby letters of credit and guarantees of certain Food Distribution customer lease obligations. Refer to Note 1, Summary of 
Significant Accounting Policies and Basis of Presentation, and Note 15, Concentration of Credit Risk, in the notes to the consolidated 
financial statements for additional information regarding lease guarantees and assigned leases. The following summarizes these 
commitments as of December 29, 2018: 

(In thousands)

Amount Committed By Period

Total
Amount

Committed    

Less
than 1
year

1-3 years

3-5 years

More
than 5
years

Standby Letters of Credit (a).................................. $  

11,703    $  

11,703    $  

—    $  

—    $  

—  

  (a) Letters of credit primarily support the Company’s self-insurance obligations.

-37-

 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
Cash Dividends 

The Company paid a quarterly cash dividend of $0.18, $0.165 and $0.15 per common share in each quarter of 2018, 2017, and 2016, 
respectively. Under the Credit Agreement, the Company is generally permitted to pay dividends in any year up to an amount such that 
all cash dividends, together with any cash distributions and share repurchases, do not exceed $35.0 million. Additionally, the 
Company is generally permitted to pay cash dividends in excess of $35.0 million in any year so long as its Excess Availability, as 
defined in the Credit Agreement, is in excess of 10% of the Total Borrowing Base, as defined in the Credit Agreement, before and 
after giving effect to the repurchases and dividends. Although the Company currently expects to continue to pay a quarterly cash 
dividend, adoption of a dividend policy does not commit the Board of Directors (the “Board”) to declare future dividends. Each future 
dividend will be considered and declared by the Board at its discretion. Whether the Board continues to declare dividends depends on 
a number of factors, including the Company’s future financial condition, anticipated profitability and cash flows and compliance with 
the terms of its credit facilities. 

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards 

Refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Basis of Presentation, in the notes to the consolidated financial 
statements for additional information related to recently adopted accounting standards, as well as the anticipated effect of any 
impending accounting standards.

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk 

The Company is exposed to industry related price changes on several commodities, such as dairy, meat and produce that it buys and 
sells in all of its segments. These products are purchased for and sold from inventory in the ordinary course of business. The Company 
is also exposed to other general commodity price changes such as utilities, insurance and fuel costs. 

The Company had $660.9 million of variable rate debt as of December 29, 2018. The weighted average interest rate on debt 
outstanding for the year ended December 29, 2018 was 4.08%. 

At December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, the estimated fair value of the Company’s long-term debt, including current 
maturities, was higher than book value by approximately $1.0 million and $1.6 million, respectively. The estimated fair values were 
based on market quotes for instruments with similar terms and remaining maturities.

The following table sets forth the future principal payments of the Company’s outstanding debt and related weighted average interest 
rates for the outstanding instruments as of December 29, 2018: 

(In thousands, except rates)

Fixed rate debt

December 29, 2018
Total

Fair Value  

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

  Thereafter  

Aggregate Payments by Year

  $   6,569 

  $   3,911 

  $  

3,341 

  $  

2,707 

  $   19,214 

Principal payable .... $   45,023    $   44,005    $   8,263 
Average interest
rate ..........................

Variable rate debt

Principal payable .... $   660,852    $   660,852    $   10,000 
Average interest
rate ..........................

6.91%     

7.30%     

7.60%     

7.77%     

7.90%     

8.41%

  $   10,000 

  $   10,000 

  $   10,000 

  $   620,852 

  $   — 

4.27%     

4.22%     

4.17%     

4.11%     

4.02%   

N/A  

-38-

 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
         
       
 
     
         
         
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
 
     
         
       
Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of 
SpartanNash Company and Subsidiaries
Grand Rapids, Michigan 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  SpartanNash  Company  and  subsidiaries  (the  "Company")  as  of 
December  29,  2018  and  December  30,  2017,  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  comprehensive  income  (loss), 
shareholders' equity, and cash flows, for the fiscal years ended December 29, 2018, December 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, and 
the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all 
material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  the  Company  as  of  December  29,  2018  and  December  30,  2017,  and  the  results  of  its 
operations and its cash flows for each of the fiscal years ended December 29, 2018, December 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 in 
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We  have  also  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States) 
(PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 29, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal 
Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our 
report dated February 27, 2019, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion 

These  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the 
Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to 
be  independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and 
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit 
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. 
Our  audits  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the  financial  statements,  whether  due  to 
error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence 
regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used 
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe 
that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 /s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP 

Grand Rapids, Michigan 
February 27, 2019 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since at least 1970; however, an earlier year could not be reliably determined.

-39-

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

SpartanNash Company and Subsidiaries 

2018

2017

 (In thousands)

Assets

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents.............................................................................................................. $  
Accounts and notes receivable, net ................................................................................................
Inventories, net ...............................................................................................................................
Prepaid expenses and other current assets .....................................................................................
Property and equipment held for sale.............................................................................................
Total current assets ......................................................................................................................

18,585 
346,260 
553,799 
73,798 
8,654 
  1,001,096 

 $  

15,667 
344,057 
597,162 
47,400 
— 
  1,004,286 

Property and equipment, net .........................................................................................................
Goodwill ...........................................................................................................................................
Intangible assets, net.......................................................................................................................
Other assets, net ..............................................................................................................................

579,060 
178,648 
128,926 
84,182 

600,240 
178,648 
134,430 
138,193 

Total assets....................................................................................................................................... $   1,971,912 

 $   2,055,797 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

Current liabilities

Accounts payable ........................................................................................................................... $  
Accrued payroll and benefits .........................................................................................................
Other accrued expenses..................................................................................................................
Current maturities of long-term debt and capital lease obligations ...............................................
Total current liabilities ................................................................................................................

357,802 
57,180 
43,206 
18,263 
476,451 

 $  

Long-term liabilities

Deferred income taxes....................................................................................................................
Postretirement benefits...................................................................................................................
Other long-term liabilities ..............................................................................................................
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations.................................................................................
Total long-term liabilities

49,254 
15,016 
35,447 
679,797 
779,514 

376,977 
65,156 
43,252 
9,196 
494,581 

42,050 
15,687 
40,774 
740,755 
839,266 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

Shareholders’ equity

Common stock, voting, no par value; 100,000 shares
     authorized; 35,952 and 36,466 shares outstanding ...................................................................
Preferred stock, no par value, 10,000 shares authorized; no shares outstanding ...........................
Accumulated other comprehensive loss.........................................................................................
Retained earnings ...........................................................................................................................
Total shareholders’ equity...........................................................................................................

484,064 
— 
(15,759)
247,642 
715,947 

497,093 
— 
(15,136)
239,993 
721,950 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity ..................................................................................... $   1,971,912 

 $   2,055,797  

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

-40-

   
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
  
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
  
   
 
 
 
   
 
  
   
 
 
   
 
  
   
 
 
   
 
  
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
  
   
 
 
   
 
  
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
  
   
 
 
   
 
  
   
 
 
 
   
 
  
   
 
 
   
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
  
   
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
SpartanNash Company and Subsidiaries  

 (In thousands, except per share amounts)

2018

2017

2016

Net sales................................................................................................................ $   8,064,552    $   7,963,799    $   7,561,084   
  6,449,590   
Cost of sales..........................................................................................................
  1,111,494   
Gross profit..........................................................................................................

  6,818,890   
  1,144,909   

  6,954,146   
  1,110,406   

Operating expenses

Selling, general and administrative ....................................................................
Merger/acquisition and integration ....................................................................
Goodwill impairment .........................................................................................
Restructuring, asset impairment and other charges............................................
Total operating expenses ....................................................................................

997,411   
4,937   
—   
37,546   
  1,039,894   

  1,015,024   
8,101   
189,027   
39,432   
  1,251,584   

963,235   
6,959   
—   
32,116   
  1,002,310   

Operating earnings (loss)....................................................................................

70,512   

(106,675)  

109,184   

Other (income) and expenses

Interest expense ..................................................................................................
Loss on debt extinguishment..............................................................................
Other, net ............................................................................................................
Total other expenses, net ....................................................................................

Earnings (loss) before income taxes and discontinued operations .................
Income tax expense (benefit) .............................................................................
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations......................................................

30,483   
—   
(669)  
29,814   

40,698   
6,907   
33,791   

25,343   
413   
(787)  
24,969   

(131,644)  
(79,027)  
(52,617)  

19,082   
247   
(108)  
19,221   

89,963   
32,907   
57,056   

Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes ..............................................
Net earnings (loss) ............................................................................................... $  

(219)  
33,572    $  

(228)  
(52,845)   $  

(228)  
56,828   

Basic earnings (loss) per share:

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations ....................................................... $  
Loss from discontinued operations ....................................................................
Net earnings (loss).............................................................................................. $  

0.94    $  
(0.01)  
0.93    $  

(1.41)   $  
—  *  
(1.41)   $  

1.52   
—  *
1.52   

Diluted earnings (loss) per share:

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations ....................................................... $  
Loss from discontinued operations ....................................................................
Net earnings (loss).............................................................................................. $  

0.94    $  
(0.01)  
0.93    $  

(1.41)   $  
—  *  
(1.41)   $  

1.52   
(0.01)  
1.51   

*Includes rounding. 

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

-41-

   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

SpartanNash Company and Subsidiaries 

 (In thousands)

2018

Net earnings (loss)................................................................................................... $  

33,572    $  

2017
(52,845)   $  

2016

56,828 

Other comprehensive (loss) income, before tax

Pension and postretirement liability adjustment ....................................................

(822)  

(1,649)  

Income tax benefit (expense) related to items of other
comprehensive income ...........................................................................................

199   

632   

14 

(4)

Total other comprehensive (loss) income, after tax.............................................

Comprehensive income (loss).............................................................................. $  

(623)  
32,949    $  

(1,017)  
(53,862)   $  

10 
56,838  

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

-42-

   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

SpartanNash Company and Subsidiaries 

(In thousands)

Balance at January 2, 2016

Net earnings.........................................................
Other comprehensive income ..............................
Dividends - $0.60 per share.................................
Share repurchase..................................................
Stock-based employee compensation..................
Issuance of common stock and related tax
   benefit on stock option exercises, stock
   bonus plan and associate stock purchase
   plan ...................................................................
Issuance of restricted stock..................................
Cancellations of stock-based awards...................

Balance at December 31, 2016

Net loss ................................................................
Other comprehensive loss....................................
Reclassification of stranded tax effects
   in AOCI ............................................................
Dividends - $0.66 per share.................................
Share repurchase..................................................
Stock-based employee compensation..................
Issuance of common stock on stock option
exercises, stock bonus plan and associate
   stock purchase plan...........................................
Issuance of restricted stock..................................
Cancellations of stock-based awards...................

Balance at December 30, 2017

Net earnings.........................................................
Other comprehensive income ..............................
Dividends - $0.72 per share.................................
Share repurchase..................................................
Stock-based employee compensation..................
Issuance of common stock on stock option
   exercises, stock bonus plan and associate
   stock purchase plan...........................................
Issuance of restricted stock..................................
Cancellations of stock-based awards...................

Shares
Outstanding  
37,600 
— 
— 
— 
(396)  
— 

Common
Stock
  $   521,698 
— 
— 
— 
(9,000)  
7,936 

  Accumulated  
Other
  Comprehensive 
  Income (Loss)  
  $  

Retained
Earnings

(11,447)   $   280,528 
56,828 
— 

— 
10 
— 

(22,496)  

Total
  $   790,779 
56,828 
10 
(22,496)
(9,000)
7,936 

144 
315 
(124)  

3,697 
(118)  
(2,229)  

37,539 
— 
— 

   521,984 
— 
— 

— 
— 
(1,367)  
— 

— 
— 

(34,995)  
9,611 

(2,682)  
— 
— 
— 

172 
296 
(174)  

3,697 
— 
(3,204)  

36,466 
— 
— 
— 
(952)
— 

   497,093 
— 
— 
— 
(20,000)
7,646 

54   
483 
(99)  

956   
—   
(1,631)  

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(11,437)  

— 
(1,017)  

   314,860   
(52,845)  

— 

2,682 
(24,704)  

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

(15,136)  

   239,993   

— 
(623)
— 
— 
— 

33,572 
— 

(25,923)  
—   
— 

3,697 
(118)
(2,229)
   825,407 
(52,845)
(1,017)

— 
(24,704)
(34,995)
9,611 

3,697 
— 
(3,204)
   721,950 
33,572 
(623)
(25,923)
(20,000)
7,646 

—   
—   
— 

956 
— 
(1,631)
(15,759)   $   247,642    $   715,947  

—   
— 
— 

Balance at December 29, 2018

35,952 

 $   484,064 

 $  

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

-43-

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
     
 
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
     
 
 
     
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

SpartanNash Company and Subsidiaries 

 (In thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities

Net earnings (loss)..................................................................................... $ 
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax ..........................................    
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations ..............................................    
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss) to net cash
provided by operating activities:

Non-cash goodwill/asset impairment, restructuring, and
other charges...........................................................................................
Loss on debt extinguishment ..................................................................    
Depreciation and amortization................................................................    
LIFO expense (income) ..........................................................................    
Postretirement benefits expense .............................................................    
Deferred taxes on income .......................................................................    
Stock-based compensation expense........................................................    
Postretirement benefit plan contributions...............................................    
Other, net ................................................................................................    
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable .............................................................................    
Inventories ...........................................................................................    
Prepaid expenses and other assets .......................................................    
Accounts payable .................................................................................    
Accrued payroll and benefits ...............................................................    
Other accrued expenses and other liabilities........................................    
Net cash provided by operating activities ................................................    
Cash flows from investing activities

Purchases of property and equipment .......................................................    
Net proceeds from the sale of assets .........................................................    
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired.............................................................    
Loans to customers....................................................................................    
Payments from customers on loans ...........................................................    
Other..........................................................................................................    
Net cash used in investing activities..........................................................    
Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from senior secured revolving credit facility .............................    
Payments on senior secured revolving credit facility................................    
Proceeds from other long-term debt..........................................................    
Repayment of other long-term debt ..........................................................    
Financing fees paid....................................................................................    
Share repurchase .......................................................................................    
Net payments related to stock-based award activities...............................    
Proceeds from exercise of stock options ...................................................    
Dividends paid...........................................................................................    
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities.................................    
Cash flows from discontinued operations

Net cash used in operating activities .........................................................    
Net cash used in discontinued operations ................................................    
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents .............................    
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year......................................    
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year ................................................ $ 

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

-44-

2018

2017

2016

33,572  $  
219     
33,791     

(52,845) $  
228      
(52,617)    

56,828 
228 
57,056 

37,793 

—     
84,190     
4,601     
63     
7,407     
7,646     
(1,889)    
(106)    

(1,177)    
38,213     
(6,467)    
(18,358)    
(8,295)    
(5,754)    
171,658     

(71,495)    
6,901     
—     
(1,123)    
2,111     
(550)    
(64,156)    

1,016,918     
(1,123,557)    
60,000     
(8,175)    
(2,217)    
(20,000)    
(1,630)    
284     
(25,923)    
(104,300)    

(284)    
(284)    
2,918     
15,667     
18,585  $  

227,847   

413      
84,390      
2,898      
1,347      
(79,921)    
9,611      
(501)    
(160)    

(25,276)    
(48,478)    
(8,418)    
(24,477)    
(17,253)    
(16,562)    
52,843      

(70,906)    
4,024      
(226,939)    
(10,328)    
3,948      
(15,192)    
(315,393)    

1,461,902      
(1,140,491)    
—      
(7,456)    
(256)    
(34,995)    
(3,204)    
3,207      
(24,704)    
254,003      

(137)    
(137)    
(8,684)    
24,351      
15,667   $  

32,191 
247 
79,183 
(1,919)
1,780 
6,761 
7,936 
(413)
(254)

30,537 
(18,456)
(45,506)
21,946 
1,193 
(15,091)
157,191 

(73,429)
5,989 
— 
(1,962)
2,183 
(1,008)
(68,227)

1,341,215 
(1,384,958)
— 
(9,146)
(2,498)
(9,000)
(2,229)
2,518 
(22,496)
(86,594)

(738)
(738)
1,632 
22,719 
24,351  

 
 
   
 
   
  
  
    
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
 
        
 
   
      
 
        
 
   
      
 
        
 
   
     
 
        
 
SPARTANNASH COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Basis of Presentation

Principles of Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally 
accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and include the accounts of SpartanNash Company and its subsidiaries 
(“SpartanNash” or “the Company”). Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Fiscal Year: The Company’s fiscal year end is the Saturday nearest to December 31. The following discussion is as of and for the 
fiscal years ending or ended December 28, 2019 (“2019”), December 29, 2018 ("2018" or “current year”), December 30, 2017 
(“2017” or “prior year”) and December 31, 2016 (“2016”), all of which include 52 weeks. All fiscal quarters are 12 weeks, except for 
the Company’s first quarter, which is 16 weeks.

Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and 
assumptions that affect amounts reported therein. Due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making estimates, actual results reported 
in future periods might differ from those estimates. 

Revenue Recognition: The Company recognizes revenue when it satisfies a performance obligation by transferring control of the 
promised goods and services to a customer, in an amount that reflects the consideration that it expects to receive in exchange for those 
goods or services. This is achieved through applying the following five-step model:

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

Identification of the contract, or contracts, with a customer

Identification of the performance obligations in the contract

(cid:3) Determination of the transaction price

(cid:3) Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract

(cid:3) Recognition of revenue when, or as, the Company satisfies a performance obligation

The Company generates substantially all of its revenue from contracts with customers, whether formal or implied. Sales taxes 
collected from customers are remitted to the appropriate taxing jurisdictions and are excluded from sales revenue as the Company 
considers itself a pass-through conduit for collecting and remitting sales taxes, with the exception of taxes assessed during the 
procurement process of select inventories. Greater than 99% of the Company’s revenues are recognized at a point in time. Revenues 
from product sales are recognized when control of the goods is transferred to the customer, which occurs at a point in time, typically 
upon delivery or shipment to the customer, depending on shipping terms, or upon customer check-out in a corporate owned retail 
store. Freight revenues are also recognized upon delivery, at a point in time. Other revenues, including revenues from value-added 
services, are recognized as earned, over a period of time. All of the Company’s revenues are domestic, as the Company has no 
performance obligations on international shipments subsequent to delivery to the domestic port.

The Company evaluates whether it is the principal (i.e., report revenues on a gross basis) or agent (i.e., report revenues on a net basis) 
with respect to each contract with customers. 

Based upon the nature of the products the Company sells, its customers have limited rights of return which are immaterial. Discounts 
provided by the Company to customers at the time of sale are recognized as a reduction in sales as the products are sold. Certain 
contracts include rebates and other forms of variable consideration, including up-front rebates, rebates in arrears, rebatable incentives, 
flex funds, and product incentives, which may have tiered structures based on purchase volumes and which are accounted for as 
variable consideration. To the extent the transaction price includes variable consideration, the Company estimates the amount of 
variable consideration that should be included in the transaction price utilizing either the expected value method or the most likely 
amount method depending on the nature of the variable consideration. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price if, in 
the Company’s judgment, it is probable that a significant future reversal of cumulative revenue under the contract will not occur.  

-45-

Cost of Sales: Cost of sales represents the cost of inventory sold during the period, which for all non-production operations includes 
purchase costs, in-bound freight, physical inventory adjustments, markdowns and promotional allowances and excludes warehousing 
costs, depreciation and other administrative expenses. For the Company’s food processing operations, cost of sales includes direct 
product and production costs, inbound freight, purchasing and receiving costs, utilities, depreciation, and other indirect production 
costs and excludes out-bound freight and other administrative expenses. As a result, the Company’s cost of sales and gross profit may 
not be identical to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. Vendor allowances and credits that relate to the Company’s 
buying and merchandising activities consist primarily of promotional allowances, which are generally allowances on purchased 
quantities and, to a lesser extent, slotting allowances, which are billed to vendors for the Company’s merchandising costs such as 
setting up warehouse infrastructure. Vendor allowances are recognized as a reduction in cost of sales when the related product is sold. 
Lump sum payments received for multi-year contracts are amortized over the life of the contracts based on contractual terms. The 
distribution segments include shipping and handling costs in the selling, general and administrative section of operating expenses on 
the consolidated statement of operations. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents: Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three 
months or less at the date of purchase. 

Accounts and Notes Receivable: Accounts and notes receivable are shown net of allowances for credit losses of $4.3 million and $2.0 
million as of December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, respectively. The Company evaluates the adequacy of its allowances by 
analyzing the aging of receivables, customer financial condition, historical collection experience, the value of collateral and other 
economic and industry factors. Actual collections may differ from historical experience, and if economic, business or customer 
conditions deteriorate significantly, adjustments to these reserves may be required. When the Company becomes aware of factors that 
indicate a change in a specific customer’s ability to meet its financial obligations, the Company records a specific reserve for credit 
losses. Operating results include bad debt expense of $3.4 million, $1.5 million and $1.4 million for 2018, 2017 and 2016, 
respectively.

Inventory Valuation: Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Approximately 88.9% and 86.9% of the Company’s 
inventories were valued on the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method at December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, respectively. If 
replacement cost had been used, inventories would have been $55.1 million and $50.4 million higher at December 29, 2018 and 
December 30, 2017, respectively. The replacement cost method utilizes the most current unit purchase cost to calculate the value of 
inventories. During 2018, 2017 and 2016, certain inventory quantities were reduced. The reductions resulted in liquidation of LIFO 
inventory carried at lower costs prevailing in prior years, the effect of which decreased the LIFO provision in 2018 by $1.1 million, 
and in 2017 and 2016 by $0.2 million. The Company accounts for its Food Distribution and Military inventory using a perpetual 
system and utilizes the retail inventory method (“RIM”) to value inventory for center store products in the Retail segment. Under 
RIM, inventory is stated at cost with cost of sales and gross margin calculated by applying a cost ratio to the retail value of 
inventories. Fresh, pharmacy and fuel products are accounted for at cost in the Retail segment. The Company evaluates inventory 
shortages throughout the year based on actual physical counts in its facilities. The Company records allowances for inventory 
shortages based on the results of recent physical counts to provide for estimated shortages from the last physical count to the financial 
statement date. 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets: Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the fair value of tangible net assets acquired in 
business combinations after amounts have been allocated to intangible assets. Goodwill is not amortized, but is reviewed for 
impairment during the last quarter of each year, or whenever events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not 
reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount, using a discounted cash flow model and comparable market values 
of each reporting segment. Measuring the fair value of reporting units is a Level 3 measurement under the fair value hierarchy. See 
Note 8, Fair Value Measurements, for a discussion of levels. 

Intangible assets primarily consist of trade names, customer relationships, favorable lease agreements, pharmacy prescription lists, 
non-compete agreements, liquor licenses and franchise fees. The following assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the period 
of time in which their expected benefits will be realized: favorable leases (related lease terms), prescription lists and customer 
relationships (period of expected benefit reflecting the pattern in which the economic benefits are consumed), non-compete 
agreements and franchise fees (length of agreements), and trade names with definite lives (expected life of the assets). Indefinite-lived 
trade names are not amortized but are tested at least annually for impairment, and liquor licenses are also not amortized as they have 
indefinite lives. Intangible assets are included in “Other Assets, net” in the consolidated balance sheets. 

-46-

Property and Equipment: Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Expenditures which improve or extend the life of the 
respective assets are capitalized, whereas expenditures for normal repairs and maintenance are charged to operations as incurred. 
Depreciation expense on land improvements, buildings and improvements, and equipment is computed using the straight-line method 
as follows: 

Land improvements ......................................................................................................................................................... 15 years
Buildings and improvements ........................................................................................................................................... 15 to 40 years
Equipment........................................................................................................................................................................ 3 to 15 years  

Property under capital leases and leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the remaining 
terms of the leases or the estimated useful lives of the assets. Internal use software is included in property and equipment and 
amounted to $33.5 million and $30.7 million as of December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, respectively. 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets: The Company reviews and evaluates long-lived assets for impairment when events or 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. When the undiscounted expected future cash 
flows are not sufficient to recover an asset’s carrying amount, the fair value is compared to the carrying value to determine the 
impairment loss to be recorded. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value, less the 
cost to sell. Fair values are determined by independent appraisals or expected sales prices based upon market participant data 
developed by third party professionals or by internal licensed real estate professionals. Estimates of future cash flows and expected 
sales prices are judgments based upon the Company’s experience and knowledge of operations. These estimates project cash flows 
several years into the future and are affected by changes in the economy, real estate market conditions and inflation.

Reserves for Closed Properties: The Company records reserves for closed properties that are subject to long-term lease commitments 
based upon the future minimum lease payments and related ancillary costs from the date of closure to the end of the remaining lease 
term, net of estimated sublease rentals that could be reasonably expected to be obtained for the property. Future cash flows are based 
on contractual lease terms and knowledge of the geographic area in which the closed site is located. These estimates are subject to 
multiple factors, including inflation, ability to sublease the property and other economic conditions. Internally developed estimates of 
sublease rentals are based upon the geographic areas in which the properties are located, the results of previous efforts to sublease 
similar properties, and the current economic environment. The reserved expenses are paid over the remaining lease terms, which range 
from one to 10 years. Adjustments to closed property reserves primarily relate to changes in subtenant income or actual exit costs 
differing from original estimates. Adjustments are made for changes in estimates in the period in which the changes become known. 
The current portion of the future lease obligations of stores is included in “Other accrued expenses,” and the long-term portion is 
included in “Other long-term liabilities” in the consolidated balance sheets.

Debt Issuance Costs: Debt issuance costs are amortized over the term of the related financing agreement and are included as a direct 
deduction from the carrying amount of the related debt liability in “Long-term debt and capital lease obligations” in the consolidated 
balance sheets. 

Insurance Reserves: SpartanNash is self-insured through self-insurance retentions or high deductible programs for workers’ 
compensation, general liability, and automobile liability, and is also self-insured for healthcare costs. Self-insurance liabilities are 
recorded based on claims filed and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported. Workers’ compensation, general liability and 
automobile liabilities are actuarially estimated based on available historical information on an undiscounted basis. The Company has 
purchased stop-loss coverage to limit its exposure to any significant exposure on a per claim basis for its self-insurance retentions and 
high deductible programs. On a per claim basis, the Company’s exposure is up to $0.5 million for workers’ compensation and general 
liability, $1.0 million for automobile liability and $0.5 million for healthcare per covered life per year. 

A summary of changes in the Company’s self-insurance liability is as follows:

 (In thousands)

Balance at beginning of year .................................................................................... $  
Expenses ...................................................................................................................
Claim payments, net of employee contributions ......................................................

Balance at end of year............................................................................................ $  

2018

2017

2016

15,155    $  
49,532   
(50,396)  
14,291    $  

14,730    $  
54,748   
(54,323)  
15,155    $  

14,466 
49,560 
(49,296)
14,730  

The current portion of the self-insurance liability was $8.6 million and $8.7 million as of December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, 
respectively, and is included in “Other accrued expenses” in the consolidated balance sheets. The long-term portion was $5.7 million 
and $6.5 million as of December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, respectively, and is included in “Other long-term liabilities” in the 
consolidated balance sheets. 

-47-

   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income Taxes: Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed for differences between the financial statement and tax bases of 
assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future. Such deferred income tax asset and liability 
computations are based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable 
income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. 
Income tax expense is the tax payable or refundable for the period plus or minus the change during the period in deferred and other tax 
assets and liabilities. 

Earnings per share: Earnings per share (“EPS”) is computed using the two-class method. The two-class method determines EPS for 
each class of common stock and participating securities according to dividends and their respective participation rights in 
undistributed earnings. Participating securities include non-vested shares of restricted stock in which the participants have non-
forfeitable rights to dividends during the performance period. Diluted EPS includes the effects of stock options. 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted EPS for continuing operations: 

 (In thousands, except per share amounts)

Numerator:

2018

2017

2016

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations........................................................... $  
Adjustment for (earnings) loss attributable to participating securities ..................
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations used in calculating
earnings per share .................................................................................................. $  

33,791    $  
(746)  

(52,617)   $  
908   

57,056 
(1,011)

33,045 

$  

(51,709)

$  

56,045 

Denominator:

Weighted average shares outstanding, including participating securities .............
Adjustment for participating securities..................................................................
Shares used in calculating basic earnings per share...............................................
Effect of dilutive stock options ..............................................................................
Shares used in calculating diluted earnings per share............................................
Basic earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations .................................. $  
Diluted earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations ............................... $  

36,012   
(795)  
35,217   
10   
35,227   

37,419   
(646)  
36,773   
—   
36,773   

0.94    $  
0.94    $  

(1.41)   $  
(1.41)   $  

37,483 
(664)
36,819 
73 
36,892 
1.52 
1.52  

Weighted average shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options that were not included in the EPS calculations because they were 
anti-dilutive were 75,159 for 2017. There were no anti-dilutive stock options in 2018 or 2016.

Stock-Based Compensation: All share-based payments to associates are recognized in the consolidated financial statements as 
compensation cost based on the fair value on the date of grant. The grant date closing price per share of SpartanNash stock is used to 
estimate the fair value of restricted stock awards and restricted stock units. The value of the portion of awards expected to vest is 
recognized as expense over the requisite service period. 

Shareholders’ Equity: The Company’s restated articles of incorporation provide that the Board of Directors may at any time, and from 
time to time, provide for the issuance of up to 10 million shares of preferred stock in one or more series, each with such designations 
as determined by the Board of Directors. At December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, there were no shares of preferred stock 
outstanding. 

Advertising Costs: The Company’s advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are included in Selling, general and administrative 
expenses. Advertising expenses were $40.9 million, $43.4 million and $46.6 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)(“AOCI”): The Company reports comprehensive income (loss) that includes net 
income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) refers to expenses, gains and losses that are 
not included in net earnings, such as pension and other postretirement liability adjustments, but rather are recorded directly to 
shareholders’ equity. These amounts are also presented in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. As of December 29, 
2018 and December 30, 2017, AOCI relates to the pension and postretirement plans. 

Discontinued operations: Certain of the Company’s Food Distribution and Retail operations have been recorded as discontinued 
operations. Results of discontinued operations are excluded from the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements for 
all periods presented, unless otherwise noted. Results of discontinued operations reported on the consolidated statements of operations 
are reported net of tax. 

-48-

   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adoption of New Accounting Standards and Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, “Revenue 
from Contracts with Customers – Topic 606” (“ASC 606”). The new guidance affects any reporting organization that either enters into 
contracts with customers to transfer goods or services or enters into contracts for the transfer of nonfinancial assets unless those 
contracts are within the scope of other standards. The standard’s core principle is that a company will recognize revenue when it 
transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be 
entitled in exchange for those goods or services. As of the beginning of 2018, the Company adopted ASC 606 and all subsequent 
ASUs that modified ASC 606. Refer to Note 3, Revenue Recognition, for additional information about adoption of this guidance and 
additional disclosures required under the standard.

From a principal versus agent perspective, the Company determined that certain contracts in the Food Distribution segment that were 
historically reported on a gross basis are now required to be reported on a net basis, resulting in a corresponding decrease to both net 
sales and cost of sales of $177.1 million in 2018 from what would have been recognized under previous guidance. The implementation 
of the guidance had no impact on gross profit, net earnings, the balance sheet, cash flows, equity, or the timing of revenue recognition 
in current or prior periods. The adoption of the guidance using the full retrospective method resulted in decreases to fiscal 2017 and 
2016 net sales and cost of sales previously reported as shown in the following table:

(In thousands)

Full Year
(52 Weeks)

4th Quarter
(12 Weeks)

3rd Quarter
(12 Weeks)

2nd Quarter
(12 Weeks)

1st Quarter
(16 Weeks)

2017 .................................................. $  
2016 .................................................. $  

164,283    $  
173,516    $  

38,725    $  
43,168    $  

38,246    $  
42,382    $  

38,510    $  
38,594    $  

48,802 
49,372  

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-07, “Compensation – Retirement Benefits.” ASU 2017-07 requires that the service cost 
component of pension and postretirement benefit costs be presented in the same line item as other current employee compensation 
costs and other components of those benefit costs be presented separately from the service cost component and outside a subtotal of 
income from operations, if presented. The ASU also requires that only the service cost component of pension and postretirement 
benefit costs is eligible for capitalization. The Company adopted this guidance as of the beginning of 2018. Accordingly, benefit costs 
other than service cost, are reflected in the condensed consolidated statements of earnings in Other, net, whereas they previously were 
recognized in Selling, general and administrative expenses. Retrospective application resulted in a decrease to Other, net and an 
increase in Selling, general and administrative expenses. The costs associated with the reclassifications were not material in any of the 
periods presented.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other – Internal-Use Software: Customer’s Accounting 
for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement that is a Service Contract” in order to provide additional 
guidance on the accounting for costs of implementation activities performed in a cloud computing arrangement that is a service 
contract. This is an amendment to ASU 2015-05, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software: Customer’s Accounting 
for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement.” ASU 2018-15 aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs 
incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to 
develop or obtain internal-use software. ASU 2018-15 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim 
periods within those fiscal years. The Company early adopted this guidance retrospectively as of the beginning of fiscal 2018, as 
permitted by the amendment. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant effect on the Company’s financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-14, “Compensation—Retirement Benefits—Defined Benefit Plans—General: Disclosure 
Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans.” The amendments in this ASU remove disclosures 
that are no longer considered to be cost beneficial, clarify the specific requirements of disclosures, and add disclosure requirements 
identified as relevant. The amendments in ASU 2018-14 are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2020 and will be 
applied on a retrospective basis to all periods presented. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a significant effect on 
the Company’s financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, “Business Combinations – Clarifying the Definition of a Business.” ASU 2017-01 
narrows the definition of a business and provides a screen to determine when a set of the three elements of a business – inputs, 
processes, and outputs – are not a business. The screen requires that when substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired 
(or disposed of) is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar identifiable assets, the set is not a business. If the 
screen is not met, the amendments (1) require that to be considered a business, a set must include, at a minimum, an input and a 
substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create output and (2) remove the evaluation of whether a 
market participant could replace missing elements. The amendments provide a framework to assist entities in evaluating whether both 
an input and a substantive process are present. The guidance was effective for the Company as of the beginning of 2018. As no 
business combinations have occurred in 2018, there has been no impact on the consolidated financial statements for the current year. 
The adoption has no impact on the Company’s historical financial statements.

-49-

 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases.” The FASB subsequently issued ASU’s 2018-01, 2018-10, and 2018-11, 
which include clarifications and provide various practical expedients and transition options related to ASU 2016-02. ASU 2016-02 
provides guidance for lease accounting and stipulates that lessees will need to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for 
substantially all leases (other than leases that meet the definition of a short-term lease). The liability will be equal to the present value 
of lease rent payments. Treatment in the consolidated statements of operations will be similar to the current treatment of operating and 
capital leases.

The Company adopted the standard as of December 30, 2018, the beginning of fiscal 2019. The Company has elected the package of 
practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within the new standard, which among other things, allows for the 
carryforward of the historical lease classification. In addition, the Company has elected the hindsight practical expedient to reassess 
the reasonably certain lease term for existing leases. The election of the hindsight practical expedient will result in the extension or 
reduction of lease terms for certain existing leases, and adjustments to the useful lives of corresponding leasehold improvements. The 
Company will make an accounting policy election not to record lease liabilities or right of use assets for short-term leases, those with 
an initial minimum term of less than one year.

The adoption of the standard will result in a recognition of additional lease assets and lease liabilities of approximately $240 million 
and $290 million, respectively, as of December 30, 2018, and a transition adjustment recorded to beginning of the year retained 
earnings of approximately $27 million (net of deferred tax impact of $9 million). The transition adjustment relates to impairment of 
right of use assets in transition and the impact of hindsight on the evaluation of lease term. Remaining differences between lease assets 
and liabilities relate to the derecognition of existing lease-related liabilities and assets recorded under ASC 840, which were included 
in beginning lease liabilities under ASC 842.

The Company does not believe the new standard will have an impact on liquidity or on debt-covenant compliance under the current 
agreements.

Note 2 – Acquisitions

On January 6, 2017, the Company acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of Caito Foods Service (“Caito”) and Blue 
Ribbon Transport (“BRT”) for $214.6 million in cash, net of $2.5 million of cash acquired. Acquired assets consist primarily of 
property and equipment of $76.7 million, intangible assets of $72.9 million, and working capital. Intangible assets are primarily 
composed of customer relationships, which are amortized over fifteen years, and indefinite lived trade names. In connection with the 
purchase, the Company provided certain earn-out opportunities that have the potential to pay the sellers an additional $27.4 million, 
collectively, if the business achieves certain performance targets during the first three years after acquisition. As certain performance 
targets were not met in the first year after acquisition, the Company will be reimbursed a portion of the initial purchase price at an 
amount not to exceed the sum of: a) $15.0 million, representing the funds paid into escrow, and b) any earn-out opportunities earned 
by the sellers. The reduction in purchase price will first be applied to funds paid into escrow and then as an offset against and a 
reduction to any payments owed on the various earn-out opportunities, with reimbursement made once the parties agree on the 
measurement of performance against the targets. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired of $46.3 
million was recorded as goodwill in the consolidated balance sheet and allocated to the Food Distribution segment and is deductible 
for tax purposes.

Caito is a leading supplier of fresh fruits and vegetables as well as value-added meal solutions to grocery retailers and food service 
distributors across 21 states in the Southeast, Midwest and Eastern United States. BRT offers temperature-controlled distribution and 
logistics services throughout North America. The Company acquired Caito and BRT to strengthen its fresh product offerings to its 
existing customer base and to expand into fast-growing, value-added services, such as freshly-prepared centerplate and side dish 
categories.

-50-

Note 3 – Revenue 

Sources of Revenue

The Company’s main sources of revenue include the following:

Customer Supply Agreements (CSAs) – The Company enters into CSAs (also known as Retail Sales and Service Agreements) with 
many of its retailer customers. These contracts obligate the Company to supply grocery and related products upon receipt of a 
purchase order from its customers. The contracts often specify minimum purchases a customer is required to make - in dollars or as a 
percentage of their total purchases - in order to earn certain rebates or incentives. In some cases, customers are required to repay 
certain advanced or loaned funds if they fail to meet purchase minimums or otherwise exit the supply agreement. Many of these 
contracts include various performance obligations other than providing grocery products, such as providing store resets, shelf tags, 
signage, or merchandising services. The Company has determined that these obligations are not material in the overall context of the 
contracts, and as such has not allocated transaction price to these obligations. Revenue is recognized under these contracts when 
control of the product passes to the customer, which may happen before or after delivery depending upon specified shipping terms.

Contracts with Manufacturers and Brokers to supply the Defense Commissary Agency (“DeCA”) and Other Government Agencies – 
DeCA operates a chain of 237 commissaries on U.S. military installations. DeCA contracts with manufacturers to obtain grocery 
products for the commissary system. Manufacturers either deliver the products to the commissaries themselves or, more commonly, 
contract with distributors such as SpartanNash to provide products to the commissaries. Manufacturers must authorize the distributors 
as their official representatives to DeCA, and the distributors must adhere to DeCA’s frequent delivery system (“FDS”) procedures 
governing matters such as product identification, ordering and processing, information exchange and resolution of discrepancies. The 
Company obtains distribution contracts with manufacturers through competitive bidding processes and direct negotiations. As 
commissaries need to be restocked, DeCA identifies the manufacturer with which an order is to be placed, determines which 
distributor is the manufacturer’s official representative for a particular commissary or exchange location, and then places a product 
order with that distributor under the auspices of DeCA’s master contract with the applicable manufacturer. The distributor selects that 
product from its existing inventory, delivers it to the commissary or port (in the case of overseas shipments) designated by DeCA, and 
bills the manufacturer for the product price plus a drayage fee that is typically based on a percentage of the purchase price, but may in 
some cases be based on a dollar amount per case or pound of product sold. The manufacturer then bills DeCA under the terms of its 
master contract. As control of the product passes to the customer upon delivery, revenue is recognized by SpartanNash at this point in 
time. 

Revenue is recognized for the full amount paid by the vendor (for product and drayage) as the Company is a principal in the 
transaction and therefore should recognize revenue on a gross basis for these contracts. The FASB’s definition of a principal in the 
transaction is centered on controlling goods before they are transferred to the customer. Key considerations supporting that 
SpartanNash controls the goods for these contracts prior to transfer to the customer include the following: the Company has the ability 
to obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from the assets by selling the goods and/or by pledging the related assets as 
collateral for borrowings, the Company is required to bear the risk of inventory loss prior to transfer to the customer, has shared 
responsibilities in the fulfillment and acceptability of the goods, and to a lesser extent, has some discretion in establishing the price for 
the goods sold to DeCA. Based on a thorough evaluation of all of the facts and circumstances, including a detailed assessment and 
interpretation of the revenue standard, the Company concluded that it is a principal in the transaction and should recognize revenue on 
a gross basis for these contracts. 

Retail Sales – The corporate owned retail stores recognize revenue at the time the customer takes possession of the goods. While there 
are no formal contracts related to these sales, they are within the scope of ASC 606. Customer returns are not material. The Company 
does not recognize a sale when it awards customer loyalty points or sells gift cards and gift certificates; rather, a sale is recognized 
when the customer loyalty points, gift card or gift certificate are redeemed to purchase product. There were no significant changes to 
revenue recognition in the Retail segment under ASC 606 related to the accounting for gift card breakage and loyalty rewards, which 
are immaterial to the consolidated financial statements.

-51-

Disaggregation of Revenue

The following table provides information about disaggregated revenue by type of products and customers for each of the Company’s 
reportable segments:

(In thousands)

Type of products:

Food Distribution    

52 Weeks Ended December 29, 2018
Military

Retail

Total

Center store (a) .............................................
Fresh (b) .......................................................
Non-food (c) .................................................
Fuel...............................................................
Other.............................................................
Total.............................................................

Type of customers:

Individuals ....................................................
Manufacturers, brokers and distributors.......
Retailers........................................................
Other.............................................................
Total.............................................................

$  

$  

$  

$  

1,249,374   
1,478,142   
1,185,390   
—   
78,544   
3,991,450   

—   
197,128   
3,733,254   
61,068   
3,991,450   

(In thousands)

Type of products:

Food Distribution    

Center store (a) .............................................
Fresh (b) .......................................................
Non-food (c) .................................................
Fuel...............................................................
Other.............................................................
Total.............................................................

Type of customers:

Individuals ....................................................
Manufacturers, brokers and distributors.......
Retailers........................................................
Other.............................................................
Total.............................................................

$  

$  

$  

$  

1,206,832   
1,456,632   
1,085,282   
—   
79,163   
3,827,909   

—   
210,004   
3,556,591   
61,314   
3,827,909   

(In thousands)

Type of products:

Food Distribution    

Center store (a) .............................................
Fresh (b) .......................................................
Non-food (c) .................................................
Fuel...............................................................
Other.............................................................
Total.............................................................

Type of customers:

Individuals ....................................................
Manufacturers, brokers and distributors.......
Retailers........................................................
Other.............................................................
Total.............................................................

$  

$  

$  

$  

1,235,314   
1,097,793   
907,351   
—   
40,567   
3,281,025   

—   
—   
3,246,872   
34,153   
3,281,025   

$  

$  

$  

$  

$  

$  

$  

$  

$  

$  

$  

$  

1,052,462   
602,023   
506,177   
—   
6,181   
2,166,843   

—   
2,089,765   
70,897   
6,181   
2,166,843   

$  

$  

$  

$  

747,708   
688,661   
330,342   
138,617   
931   
1,906,259   

1,905,328   
—   
—   
931   
1,906,259   

52 Weeks Ended December 30, 2017
Military

Retail

1,054,590   
577,084   
507,394   
—   
4,954   
2,144,022   

—   
2,119,601   
19,467   
4,954   
2,144,022   

$  

$  

$  

$  

792,925   
734,564   
336,630   
126,673   
1,076   
1,991,868   

1,990,792   
—   
—   
1,076   
1,991,868   

52 Weeks Ended December 31, 2016
Military

Retail

1,105,992   
559,449   
525,915   
—   
5,658   
2,197,014   

—   
2,191,356   
—   
5,658   
2,197,014   

$  

$  

$  

$  

841,161   
785,566   
344,531   
110,619   
1,168   
2,083,045   

2,081,877   
—   
—   
1,168   
2,083,045   

$  

$  

$  

$  

$  

$  

$  

$  

$  

$  

$  

$  

3,049,544 
2,768,826 
2,021,909 
138,617 
85,656 
8,064,552 

1,905,328 
2,286,893 
3,804,151 
68,180 
8,064,552 

Total

3,054,347 
2,768,280 
1,929,306 
126,673 
85,193 
7,963,799 

1,990,792 
2,329,605 
3,576,058 
67,344 
7,963,799 

Total

3,182,467 
2,442,808 
1,777,797 
110,619 
47,393 
7,561,084 

2,081,877 
2,191,356 
3,246,872 
40,979 
7,561,084 

  (a)   Center store includes dry grocery, frozen and beverages.
  (b)   Fresh includes produce, meat, dairy, deli, bakery, prepared proteins, seafood and floral.
  (c)   Non-food includes general merchandise, health and beauty care, tobacco products and pharmacy.

-52-

 
 
   
   
 
     
   
     
   
     
   
     
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
   
     
   
     
   
     
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
     
   
     
   
     
   
     
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
   
     
   
     
   
     
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
     
   
     
   
     
   
     
 
 
 
   
   
 
     
   
     
   
     
   
     
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
   
     
   
     
   
     
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
   
     
   
     
   
     
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
Contract Assets and Liabilities

Under its contracts with customers, the Company stands ready to deliver product upon receipt of a purchase order. Accordingly, the 
Company has no performance obligations under its contracts until its customers submit a purchase order. The Company does not 
receive pre-payment from its customers, or enter into commitments to provide goods or services that have terms greater than one year. 
As the performance obligation is part of a contract that has an original expected duration of less than one year, the Company has 
applied the practical expedient under ASC 606 to omit disclosures regarding remaining performance obligations.

Revenue recognized from performance obligations related to prior periods (for example, due to changes in estimated rebates and 
incentives impacting the transaction price) was not material in any period presented.

In the ordinary course of business, the Company may advance funds to certain independent retailers which are earned by the retailers 
primarily through achieving specified purchase volume requirements, as outlined in their supply agreements with the Company, or in 
limited instances, for remaining a SpartanNash customer for a specified time period. These advances must be repaid if the purchase 
volume requirements are not met or if the retailer no longer remains a customer for the specified time period. For volume-based 
arrangements, the Company estimates the amount of the advanced funds earned by the retailers based on the expected volume of 
purchases by the retailer, and amortizes the advances as a reduction of the transaction price and revenue earned. These advances are 
not considered contract assets under ASC 606 as they are not generated through the transfer of goods or services to the retailers. These 
advances are included in Other assets, net on the Company’s balance sheets.

When the Company transfers goods or services to a customer, payment is due - subject to normal terms - and is not conditional on 
anything other than the passage of time. Typical payment terms range from due upon receipt to 30 days, depending on the type of 
customer and relationship. At contract inception, the Company expects that the period of time between the transfer of goods to the 
customer and when the customer pays for those goods will be less than one year, which is consistent with the Company’s standard 
payment terms. Accordingly, the Company has elected the practical expedient under ASC 606 to not adjust for the effects of a 
significant financing component. As such, these amounts are recorded as receivables and not contract assets. The Company had no 
contract assets for any period presented.

Accounts and notes receivable are comprised of the following:

(In thousands)

December 29,
2018

    December 30,

2017

Customer notes receivable................................................................................................................... $  
Customer accounts receivable .............................................................................................................
Other receivables .................................................................................................................................
Allowance for doubtful accounts.........................................................................................................

Net current accounts and notes receivable........................................................................................ $  

Long-term notes receivable .................................................................................................................
Allowance for doubtful accounts.........................................................................................................

Net long-term notes receivable ......................................................................................................... $  

3,130    $  

314,791   
32,516   
(4,177)  

346,260    $  
16,021   
(120)  
15,901    $  

2,555 
312,214 
31,169 
(1,881)
344,057 
18,322 
(120)
18,202  

The Company does not typically incur incremental costs of obtaining a contract that are contingent upon successful contract execution 
and would therefore be capitalized. The Company expenses incremental costs of obtaining a contract as and when incurred if the 
expected amortization period of the asset that the Company would have recognized is one year or less.

Note 4 – Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consists of the following:

(In thousands)

December 29,
2018

    December 30,

2017

Land and improvements ...................................................................................................................... $  
Buildings and improvements ...............................................................................................................
Equipment............................................................................................................................................
Total property and equipment...........................................................................................................
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization ................................................................................

Property and equipment, net ............................................................................................................. $  

76,364    $  

534,620   
605,515   
  1,216,499   
637,439   
579,060    $  

80,891 
534,835 
567,123 
  1,182,849 
582,609 
600,240  

-53-

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 5 – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

The Company has three reportable segments; however, no goodwill has existed within the Military segment. Changes in the carrying 
amount of goodwill were as follows: 

Food

(In thousands)

Balance at December 31, 2016

Distribution
$   132,367    $   190,319  (a)   $   322,686  (a)

Retail

Total

Acquisitions (Note 2) ............................................................................................
Disposals ...............................................................................................................
Impairment ............................................................................................................

Balance at December 30, 2017 and December 29, 2018

46,281 
— 
— 
$   178,648 

—   
(1,292)  
   (189,027)  

46,281   
(1,292)  
   (189,027)  

 $  

—  (b)  $   178,648  (b)

  (a) Net of accumulated impairment charges of $86.6 million.
  (b) Net of accumulated impairment charges of $275.6 million.

The Company reviews goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment annually, during the fourth quarter of each year, and more 
frequently if circumstances indicate the possibility of impairment. Testing goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment 
requires management to make significant estimates about the Company’s future performance, cash flows, and other assumptions that 
can be affected by potential changes in economic, industry or market conditions, business operations, competition, or the Company’s 
stock price and market capitalization. 

In 2017, the Company experienced significantly lower than expected Retail operating results and it was determined that the carrying 
value of the Retail segment exceeded its fair value. Consequently, the Company recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $189.0 
million in the third quarter of 2017. The Company completed its current year impairment analysis in the fourth quarter, which did not 
result in the identification of any goodwill impairment.  

The following table reflects the components of amortized intangible assets, included in “Intangible assets, net” on the consolidated 
balance sheets: 

December 29, 2018

December 30, 2017

(In thousands)

Gross

  Carrying
Amount

Non-compete agreements............................................................. 
Favorable leases ...........................................................................
Pharmacy customer prescription lists ..........................................
Customer relationships.................................................................
Trade names .................................................................................
Franchise fees and other...............................................................
Total ..........................................................................................

   $ 

3,358   
7,738   
6,354  
     57,937   
1,068  
1,064  
 $  77,519  

 Accumulated  
 Amortization  
886  
$  
4,282  
4,377   
7,835  
536  
422   
$   18,338   

  Gross
  Carrying  
  Amount
$  

3,408   
8,251   
6,810   
    57,937   
1,068   
1,047   
$   78,521   

The weighted average amortization periods for amortizable intangible assets as of December 29, 2018 are as follows: 

Non-compete agreements .......................................................................................................................................  
Favorable leases .....................................................................................................................................................  
Pharmacy customer prescription lists.....................................................................................................................  
Customer relationships ...........................................................................................................................................  
Trade names ...........................................................................................................................................................  
Franchise fees and other

 Accumulated  
 Amortization  
397 
$  
4,332 
4,210 
4,173 
386 
381 
$   13,879 

6.3 years
15.2 years
8.1 year
16.1 years
7.0 years
9.6 years

Amortization expense for intangible assets was $5.8 million, $5.5 million and $3.0 million for 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Estimated amortization expense for each of the five succeeding fiscal years is as follows: 

 (In thousands)

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

Amortization expense............................................. $  

5,654 

 $  

5,300 

 $  

4,672    $  

4,403    $  

4,314  

-54-

  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
   
   
   
  
    
   
   
   
  
   
   
  
    
   
   
   
  
    
   
   
   
  
 
         
  
     
  
    
  
     
 
  
   
   
   
   
 
Indefinite-lived intangible assets that are not amortized, consisting primarily of trade names and licenses for the sale of alcoholic 
beverages, totaled $69.7 million and $69.8 million as of December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, respectively. 

Note 6 – Restructuring, Asset Impairment and Other Charges

The following table provides the activity of reserves for closed properties for 2018, 2017 and 2016. Reserves for closed properties 
recorded in the consolidated balance sheets are included in “Other accrued expenses” in Current liabilities and “Other long-term 
liabilities” in Long-term liabilities based on when the obligations are expected to be paid.

(In thousands)

Balance at January 2, 2016

   $  

Provision for closing charges ................................................................................    
Provision for severance .........................................................................................    
Changes in estimates .............................................................................................    
Lease termination adjustments ..............................................................................    
Accretion expense..................................................................................................    
Payments................................................................................................................    

Balance at December 31, 2016

Provision for closing charges ................................................................................    
Provision for severance .........................................................................................    
Changes in estimates .............................................................................................    
Lease termination adjustments ..............................................................................    
Accretion expense..................................................................................................    
Payments................................................................................................................    

Balance at December 30, 2017

Provision for closing charges ................................................................................    
Provision for severance .........................................................................................    
Changes in estimates .............................................................................................    
Other ......................................................................................................................    
Accretion expense..................................................................................................    
Payments................................................................................................................    

Balance at December 29, 2018

   $  

Lease and

Ancillary Costs    
14,448    $  
13,925     
—     
689     
(2,437)   
675     
(5,368)   
21,932     
3,852     
—     
1,191     
(2,600)   
526     
(7,012)   
17,889     
4,499     
—     
(1,181)   
554     
579     
(5,954)   
16,386    $  

Severance

Total

—    $  
—   
919   
(40)  
—   
—   
(879)  
—   
—   
624   
(163)  
—   
—   
(458)  
3   
—   
153   
—   
—   
—   
(156)  

—    $  

14,448 
13,925 
919 
649 
(2,437)
675 
(6,247)
21,932 
3,852 
624 
1,028 
(2,600)
526 
(7,470)
17,892 
4,499 
153 
(1,181)
554 
579 
(6,110)
16,386  

Included in the liability are lease obligations recorded at the present value of future minimum lease payments and related ancillary 
costs from the date of closure to the end of the remaining lease term, net of estimated sublease income, calculated using a risk-free 
interest rate.

Restructuring, asset impairment and other charges included in the consolidated statements of operations consisted of the following:

 (In thousands)

2018

2017

2016

Asset impairment charges................................................................................ $  
Charge on customer advance ...........................................................................
Provision for closing charges ..........................................................................
(Gain) loss on sales of assets related to closed facilities .................................
Provision for severance ...................................................................................
Other costs associated with distribution center and store closings..................
Changes in estimates .......................................................................................
Lease termination adjustments ........................................................................

$  

2,630    $  
32,000   
4,499   
(1,352)  
153   
797   
(1,181)  
—   
37,546    $  

33,679    $  
—   
3,852   
998   
624   
1,851   
1,028   
(2,600)  
39,432    $  

15,586 
— 
13,925 
(134)
919 
3,692 
865 
(2,737)
32,116  

-55-

 
 
  
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The charge on the customer advance relates to an independent retailer customer which is not expected to be fully recoverable and was 
therefore written down to its estimated realizable value, resulting in a charge of $32.0 million. See Note 15 – Concentration of Credit 
Risk for further information. Asset impairment charges in all years were incurred on long-lived assets primarily in the Retail segment 
due to the economic and competitive environment of certain stores and in conjunction with the Company’s retail store rationalization 
plan. The changes in estimates primarily relate to revised estimates performed in the current year related to lease turnover, ancillary 
costs and sublease income associated with previously closed locations, which were lower than the previous expectations at certain 
properties in the current year and reflected the deterioration of the condition of certain properties in 2017 and 2016. Lease termination 
adjustments represent the benefits recognized in connection with lease buyouts negotiated related to previously closed stores. 

Long-lived assets are analyzed for impairment whenever circumstances arise that could indicate the carrying value of long-lived assets 
may not be recoverable. If such circumstances exist, the Company estimates future cash flows expected from the use of the assets and 
any proceeds from their eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) is less 
than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations. Measurement of 
the impairment loss is equal to the excess of the carrying amount of the assets over the discounted future cash flows. When analyzing 
the assets for impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest level of identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of the cash 
flows of other groups of assets. 

Long-lived assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis using Level 3 inputs under the fair value hierarchy, as further 
described in Note 8, Fair Value Measurements. Assets consisting of property and equipment with a book value of $3.7 million were 
measured at a fair value of $1.1 million, resulting in impairment charges of $2.6 million in 2018. Assets consisting primarily of 
property and equipment with a book value of $48.6 million were measured at a fair value of $14.9 million, resulting in an impairment 
charge of $33.7 million in 2017. Fair value of long-lived assets is determined by estimating the amount and timing of net future cash 
flows, discounted using a risk-adjusted rate of interest. The Company estimates future cash flows based on historical results of 
operations, external factors expected to impact future performance, experience and knowledge of the geographic area in which the 
assets are located, and when necessary, uses real estate brokers.

Note 7 – Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consists of the following: 

(In thousands)

  December 29,     December 30,  

2018

2017

Senior secured revolving credit facility, due December 2023 .................................................................. $   600,852    $   707,492 
Senior secured term loan, due December 2023.........................................................................................
— 
42,904 
Capital lease obligations (Note 10)...........................................................................................................
5,972 
Other, 2.61% - 8.75%, due 2019 - 2024 ...................................................................................................
  756,368 
Total debt – Principal .............................................................................................................................
(6,417)
Unamortized debt issuance costs ..............................................................................................................
  749,951 
Total debt................................................................................................................................................
9,196 
Less current portion ..................................................................................................................................
Total long-term debt............................................................................................................................... $   679,797    $   740,755  

60,000   
39,558   
4,447   
  704,857   
(6,797)  
  698,060   
18,263   

On December 18, 2018, SpartanNash Company and certain of its subsidiaries entered into an amendment (the “Amendment”) to the 
Company’s Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”). The principal changes of the amendment 
included an extension of the maturity date of the loans from December 20, 2021 to December 18, 2023, the ability to increase the size 
of  the  Tranche  A  revolving  loan  to  $975  million  from  $900  million,  an  amendment  to  the  interest  rate  grid  such  that  rates  for  the 
Tranche A-1 revolving loans ($40 million capacity) are now LIBOR plus 2.25% to LIBOR plus 2.50%, a reload of the Tranche A-2 
term loan ($60 million capacity) and a reset of certain advance rates for the borrowing base. The Company has the ability to increase 
the size of the Credit Agreement by an additional $325 million, subject to certain conditions in the Credit Agreement. The Company’s 
obligations  under  the  related  Credit  Agreement  are  secured  by  substantially  all  of  the  Company’s  personal  and  real  property.  The 
Company may repay all loans in whole or in part at any time without penalty.

Availability under the Credit Agreement is based upon advance rates on certain asset categories owned by the Company, including, 
but not limited to the following: inventory, accounts receivable, real estate, prescription lists, cigarette tax stamps, and rolling stock.

The Credit Agreement imposes certain requirements, including: limitations on dividends and investments, limitations on the 
Company’s ability to incur debt, make loans, acquire other companies, change the nature of the Company’s business, enter a merger or 
consolidation, or sell assets. These requirements can be more restrictive depending upon the Company’s Excess Availability, as 
defined under the Credit Agreement.

-56-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Borrowings under the three tranches of the credit facility bear interest at the Company’s option as either Eurodollar loans or Base Rate 
loans, subject to a grid based upon Excess Availability. The interest rate terms for each of the aforementioned tranches are as follows:

Credit

Facility
Tranche

  Outstanding as of
  December 29, 2018    
(In thousands)

Eurodollar Rate

Base Rate

Tranche A   $  

569,601    LIBOR plus 1.25% to 1.50%

  Greater of: (i) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.75% to 1.00%

(ii) the Eurodollar Rate plus 2.25% to 2.50%
(iii) the prime rate plus 0.25% to 0.50%

Tranche A-1  $  

31,251    LIBOR plus 2.25% to 2.50%

  Greater of: (i) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1.75% to 2.00%

(ii) the Eurodollar Rate plus 2.25% to 2.50%
(iii) the prime rate plus 1.25% to 1.50%

Tranche A-2  $  

60,000    LIBOR plus 5.25%

  Greater of: (i) the Federal Funds Rate plus 4.75%

(ii) the Eurodollar Rate plus 5.25%
(iii) the prime rate plus 4.25%

The Company also incurs an unused line of credit fee on the unused portion of the loan commitments at a rate of 0.25%.

The Credit Agreement requires that the Company maintain Excess Availability of 10% of the borrowing base, as defined in the Credit 
Agreement. The Company is in compliance with all financial covenants as of December 29, 2018 and had Excess Availability after the 
10% requirement of $262.0 million and $132.7 million at December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, respectively. The Credit 
Agreement provides for the issuance of letters of credit, of which $11.7 million and $9.2 million were outstanding as of December 29, 
2018 and December 30, 2017, respectively. 

The weighted average interest rate for all borrowings, including loan fee amortization, was 4.08% for 2018. 

At December 29, 2018, aggregate annual maturities and scheduled payments of long-term debt are as follows:

 (In thousands)

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

Thereafter

Total

Total borrowings ..... $  

18,263    $  

16,569    $  

13,911    $  

13,341    $   623,559    $  

19,214    $   704,857  

Note 8 – Fair Value Measurements 

ASC 820 prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into the following hierarchy: 

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 

Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or 
indirectly. 

Level 3: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, reflecting the reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that 
market participants would use in pricing. 

Financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, accounts and notes receivable, accounts payable and long-term debt. The 
carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts and notes receivable, and accounts payable approximate fair value because of 
the short-term maturities of these financial instruments. For discussion of the fair value measurements related to goodwill and long-
lived asset impairment charges, refer to Note 5, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, and Note 6, Restructuring, Asset Impairment 
and Other Charges. At December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, the book value and estimated fair value of the Company’s debt 
instruments, excluding debt financing costs, were as follows: 

(In thousands)

Book value of debt instruments, excluding debt financing costs:

December 29,
2018

    December 30,

2017

Current maturities of long-term debt and capital lease obligations .................................................. $  
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations ...................................................................................
Total book value of debt instruments.............................................................................................
Fair value of debt instruments, excluding debt financing costs...........................................................

18,263    $  

686,594   
704,857   
705,875   

Excess of fair value over book value ................................................................................................ $  

1,018    $  

9,196 
747,172 
756,368 
757,966 
1,598  

-57-

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The estimated fair value of debt is based on market quotes for instruments with similar terms and remaining maturities (Level 2 inputs 
and valuation techniques). 

Certain of the Company’s business combinations involve the potential for the receipt or payment of future contingent consideration 
upon the shortfall or achievement of various operating thresholds, respectively. The additional consideration is generally contingent on 
the acquired company reaching certain performance milestones, including attaining specified EBITDA levels. An asset or liability is 
recorded for the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration at the acquisition date and is re-measured each reporting period, 
with changes in fair value recognized as income or expense within operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. 
The Company measures the asset and liability on a recurring basis using Level 3 inputs.

The fair value of contingent consideration is measured using a discounted cash flow model incorporating projected payment dates, 
discount rates, probabilities of payment, and projected EBITDA. Projected EBITDA amounts are based on initial deal model forecasts 
at the time of acquisition as well as the Company’s most recent internal operational budget and include a probability weighted range 
of outcomes. Changes in projected EBITDA, probabilities of payment, discount rates, or projected payment dates may result in higher 
or lower fair value measurements. The recurring Level 3 fair value measurements of contingent consideration include the following 
significant unobservable inputs as of December 29, 2018:

Unobservable Input
Discount rate....................................................................................................................................................................
Probability of payments...................................................................................................................................................
Projected year(s) of payments .........................................................................................................................................

Range
11.80%  
0% - 100%  

2019

As of December 29, 2018, the fair value of contingent consideration receivable and payable associated with the Caito and BRT 
acquisition was $18.4 million and $3.4 million, respectively. The net receivable of $15 million is recorded in other current assets, net 
in the consolidated balance sheets as there is a right of offset for the payable and receivable. Upon payment, the portion of the 
contingent consideration related to the acquisition date fair value is reported as a financing activity in the consolidated statements of 
cash flows. Amounts received or paid in excess of the acquisition date fair value are reported as an operating activity in the 
consolidated statements of cash flows.

Note 9 – Commitments and Contingencies 

The Company subleases property at certain locations and for 2018, 2017 and 2016, received rental income of $3.6 million, $3.4 
million and $4.8 million, respectively. In the event of customer default, the Company would be responsible for fulfilling these lease 
obligations. Future payment obligations under these leases are disclosed in Note 10, Leases. Contingencies related to credit risk and 
collectability are disclosed in Note 15, Concentration of Credit Risk.

Unions represent approximately 9% of SpartanNash’s associates. These associates are covered by collective bargaining agreements 
(“CBAs”). The facilities covered by CBAs, the unions representing the covered associates and the expiration dates for each existing 
CBA are provided in the following table: 

Distribution Center Locations
Norfolk, Virginia........................................................................................................................ 
Columbus, Georgia .................................................................................................................... 
Grand Rapids, Michigan ............................................................................................................ 
Landover, Maryland................................................................................................................... 
Lima, Ohio ................................................................................................................................. 
Bellefontaine, Ohio GTL Truck Lines, Inc. (a) ......................................................................... 
Bellefontaine, Ohio General Merchandise Service Division (a) ............................................... 

Union Locals
IBT 822
IBT 528
IBT 406
IBT 639
IBT 908
IBT 908
IBT 908

Expiration Dates

April 2019
September 2019
October 2019
February 2021
January 2022
February 2022
February 2022

  (a) The Company is in the process of negotiating contract extensions at these locations, which have been updated with the 

contemplated expiration dates.

The Company is engaged from time-to-time in routine legal proceedings incidental to its business. The Company does not believe that 
these routine legal proceedings, taken as a whole, will have a material impact on its business or financial condition. While the ultimate 
effect of such actions cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes that their outcome will not result in an adverse effect 
on the Company’s consolidated financial position, operating results or liquidity. 

-58-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company contributes to the Central States Southeast and Southwest Pension Fund (“Central States Plan” or “the Plan”), a multi-
employer pension plan, in accordance with provisions in place in collective bargaining agreements covering its supply chain 
operations in Bellefontaine, Lima, and Grand Rapids. This Plan provides retirement benefits to participants based on their service to 
contributing employers. The benefits are paid from assets held in trust for that purpose. Trustees are appointed by contributing 
employers and unions; however, SpartanNash is not a trustee of the Plan. The trustees typically are responsible for determining the 
level of benefits to be provided to participants, as well as for such matters as the investment of the assets held in trust and the overall 
administration of the plan. The Company currently contributes to the Plan under the terms outlined in the “Primary Schedule” of 
Central States’ Rehabilitation Plan or those outlined in the “Default Schedule.” Both the Primary and Default schedules require 
varying increases in employer contributions over the previous year’s contribution. Increases are negotiated within each collective 
bargaining agreement and vary by location. The Plan continues to be in red zone status, and according to the Pension Protection Act 
(“PPA”), is considered to be in “critical and declining” zone status. Among other factors, plans in the “critical and declining” zone are 
generally less than 65% funded and are projected to become insolvent within the next 15 years (or 20 years depending on the ratio of 
active-to-inactive participants). 

Based on the most recent information available to the Company, management believes that the present value of actuarial accrued 
liabilities in this multi-employer plan significantly exceeds the value of the assets held in trust to pay benefits. Because SpartanNash is 
one of a number of employers contributing to this plan, it is difficult to ascertain what the exact amount of the underfunding would be. 
Management is not aware of any significant change in funding levels since December 29, 2018. To reduce this underfunding, 
management expects meaningful increases in expense as a result of required incremental multi-employer pension plan contributions in 
future years. Any adjustment for withdrawal liability will be recorded when it is probable that a liability exists and can be reasonably 
determined.

Note 10 – Leases 

A portion of the Company’s retail stores and warehouses are operated in leased facilities. The Company also leases small ancillary 
warehouse facilities, the majority of the tractors and trailers within its fleet, and certain other equipment. Most of the property leases 
contain renewal options of varying terms. Terms of certain leases contain provisions requiring payment of percentage rent based on 
sales and payment of executory costs such as property taxes, utilities, insurance, maintenance and other occupancy costs applicable to 
the leased premises. Terms of certain leases of transportation equipment contain provisions requiring payment of percentage rent 
based upon miles driven. Certain properties or portions thereof are subleased to others. Operating leases often contain renewal options. 
In those locations in which it makes economic sense to continue to operate, management expects that, in the normal course of 
business, leases that expire will be renewed or replaced by other leases.

Rental expense, net of sublease income, under operating leases consisted of the following:

 (In thousands)

Minimum rentals ............................................................................................................ $  
Contingent rent (reductions) increases...........................................................................
Sublease rental income...................................................................................................

Total ............................................................................................................................  $  

2018

2017

2016

61,774    $  
(219)  
(3,554)  
58,001    $  

55,159    $  
(237)  
(3,407)  
51,515    $  

57,478 
314 
(4,830)
52,962  

The Company’s total future lease commitments under operating and capital leases in effect at December 29, 2018 are as follows:

Operating Leases

(In thousands)
2019 ....................................................................................................................
2020 ....................................................................................................................
2021 ....................................................................................................................
2022 ....................................................................................................................
2023 ....................................................................................................................
Thereafter............................................................................................................
Total .................................................................................................................

Subleased
to Others

Used in
Operations
 $   54,098  $  
     47,212   
     39,887  
     32,299   
     25,419   
     75,626  
 $   274,541  $  

Total

817 
694 
468 
357 
147 

1,039  $   55,137
    48,029
    40,581
    32,767
    25,776
    75,773
3,522  $   278,063

Interest 
Present value of minimum lease obligations 
Current maturities 
Long-term capital lease obligations 

-59-

Capital
Leases
$   9,091 
    7,049 
    5,377 
    4,685 
    3,912 
    25,152 
    55,266 
    (15,708)
    39,558 
6,840 
$  32,718  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Assets held under capital leases consisted of the following: 

(In thousands)

  December 29,   December 30,  

2018

2017

Building and improvements ....................................................................................................................
Equipment................................................................................................................................................
Assets under capital leases....................................................................................................................
Less accumulated amortization and depreciation....................................................................................
Net assets under capital leases ..............................................................................................................

  $  

  $  

57,326  $  
6,889   
64,215   
30,774   
33,441  $  

60,398 
3,727 
64,125 
29,518 
34,607  

Amortization expense for property under capital leases was $4.3 million, $4.4 million and $5.2 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, 
respectively. 

Certain retail store facilities, either owned or obtained through leasing arrangements, are leased to others. A majority of the leases 
provide for minimum and contingent rentals based upon stipulated sales volumes and contain renewal options. Certain of the leases 
contain escalation clauses. 

Owned assets, included in property and equipment, which are leased to others are as follows:

(In thousands)

  December 29,

2018

   December 30,  
2017

Land and improvements ..........................................................................................................................
Buildings .................................................................................................................................................
Owned assets leased to others ..............................................................................................................
Less accumulated amortization and depreciation....................................................................................
Net owned assets leased to others ........................................................................................................

$  

$  

7,389   $  
28,932  
36,321  
10,044  
26,277   $  

6,515 
24,236 
30,751 
8,123 
22,628  

Future minimum rentals to be received under lease obligations in effect at December 29, 2018 are as follows: 

 (In thousands)

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

Thereafter

Total

Owned property .......
Leased property .......
Total......................

$  

$  

4,876 
2,993 
7,869 

 $  

 $  

4,540 
2,594 
7,134 

 $  

 $  

4,243 
1,888 
6,131 

 $  

 $  

3,773 
1,597 
5,370 

 $  

 $  

2,754    $  
1,274     
4,028    $  

20,002    $   40,188 
3,316     
  13,662 
23,318    $   53,850  

Note 11 – Associate Retirement Plans 

The  Company’s  retirement  programs  include  pension  plans  providing  non-contributory  benefits  and  salary  deferral  defined 
contribution  plans.  Substantially  all  of  the  Company’s  associates  not  covered  by  CBAs  are  covered  by  a  frozen  non-contributory 
pension  plan,  a  defined  contribution  plan,  or  both.  Associates  covered  by  CBAs  at  the  Company’s  Columbus,  Georgia;  Norfolk, 
Virginia;  and  Landover,  Maryland  facilities  all  participate  in  the  Company’s  defined  contribution  plan;  the  remaining  associates 
covered under CBAs participate in a multi-employer pension plan. 

Defined Contribution Plans

Expense for employer matching and profit-sharing contributions made to defined contribution plans totaled $7.0 million, $7.9 million 
and $11.9 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

Executive Compensation Plans

The Company has a deferred compensation plan for a select group of management personnel or highly compensated associates. The 
plan is unfunded and permits participants to defer receipt of a portion of their base salary, annual bonus, or long-term incentive 
compensation which would otherwise be paid to them. The deferred amounts, plus earnings, are distributed following the associate’s 
termination of employment. Earnings are based on the performance of hypothetical investments elected by the participant from a 
portfolio of investment options. 

The Company holds variable universal life insurance policies on certain key associates intended to fund distributions under the 
deferred compensation plan referenced above. The net cash surrender value of approximately $4.3 million at both December 29, 2018 
and December 30, 2017, respectively, is recorded in “Other assets, net” in the consolidated balance sheets. These policies have an 
aggregate amount of life insurance coverage of approximately $15.0 million.

-60-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
Defined Benefit Plans

The Company sponsors the SpartanNash Company Pension Plan (the “Pension Plan”), a frozen defined benefit pension plan. On 
February 28, 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors granted approval to proceed with terminating the frozen Pension Plan and the 
Plan was terminated on July 31, 2018. The Company will offer participants the option to receive an annuity or lump sum distribution 
which may be rolled over into another qualified plan. The distribution of assets to plan participants is expected to be completed in the 
third quarter of 2019. The Company will incur a one-time, pre-tax settlement charge estimated to be approximately $20 million to $21 
million to recognize the deferred losses in AOCI upon distribution of the Plan assets and related recognition of the settlement as well 
as other termination expenses. The Company expects the Plan termination will reduce administrative fees and premium funding costs 
in future periods. 

The pension benefits are primarily based on years of service and compensation, with some differences resulting from the nature of 
how benefits were calculated under the Company’s legacy defined benefit plans, as described below. On December 31, 2014, the 
Retirement Plan for Employees of Super Food Services, Inc. (“Super Foods Plan”) was merged into the Spartan Stores, Inc. Cash 
Balance Pension Plan (“Cash Balance Pension Plan”) and renamed the SpartanNash Company Pension Plan. The merging of the plans 
resulted in lower administrative fees and reduced cash funding. Annual payments to the pension trust fund are determined in 
compliance with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1976 (“ERISA”). As of December 29, 2018, plan assets consist 
principally of U.S. government and corporate obligations. 

The Cash Balance Pension Plan, a non-contributory cash balance pension plan, was frozen effective January 1, 2011. As a result of the 
freeze, no additional associates were eligible to participate in the plan after January 1, 2011, and additional service credits were no 
longer added to each participant’s account; however, interest credits continue to accrue. Prior to the plan freeze, the plan benefit 
formula utilized a cash balance approach whereby credits were added annually to a participant’s account based on compensation and 
years of vested service, with interest credits also added to the participant’s account at the Company’s discretion. 

The Super Foods Plan, a qualified non-contributory pension plan offered by one of the Company’s subsidiaries, provides retirement 
income for certain eligible full-time associates who are not covered by a union retirement plan. Pension benefits under the plan are 
based on length of service and compensation, and contributions meet the minimum funding requirements. This plan was frozen 
effective January 1, 1998.

If lump sum distributions are made in an amount exceeding annual interest cost, settlement accounting is triggered, and the resulting 
settlement expense is recorded as a component of total pension expense (income). Lump sum distributions of $3.3 million, $2.6 
million and $2.8 million were made and resulting pension settlement charges of $0.8 million, $0.5 million and $0.7 million were 
incurred in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

Postretirement Medical Plans

SpartanNash Company and certain subsidiaries provide healthcare benefits to retired associates under the SpartanNash Company 
Retiree Medical Plan (the “Retiree Medical Plan”). Former Spartan Stores, Inc. associates hired prior to January 1, 2002 who were not 
covered by CBAs during their employment and who have at least 10 years of service and have attained age 55 upon retirement qualify 
as “covered associates.” Covered associates who retired prior to March 31, 1992 receive major medical insurance with deductible and 
coinsurance provisions until age 65 and Medicare supplemental benefits thereafter. Covered associates retiring after April 1, 1992 are 
eligible for monthly postretirement healthcare benefits of $5 multiplied by the associate’s years of service. This benefit is in the form 
of a credit against the monthly insurance premium. The retiree pays the balance of the premium.

-61-

The following tables set forth the actuarial present value of benefit obligations, funded status, changes in benefit obligations and plan 
assets, weighted average assumptions used in actuarial calculations and components of net periodic benefit costs for the Company’s 
significant pension and postretirement benefit plans, excluding multi-employer plans. The prepaid, current accrued, and noncurrent 
accrued benefit costs associated with pension and postretirement benefits are reported in “Prepaid expenses and other current assets,” 
“Other assets, net,” “Accrued payroll and benefits,” and “Postretirement benefits,” respectively, in the consolidated balance sheets. 

(In thousands, except percentages)

Funded Status
Projected/Accumulated benefit obligation:
Balance at beginning of year ..............................................................
Service cost  ........................................................................................
Interest cost .........................................................................................
Actuarial (gain) loss............................................................................
Benefits paid .......................................................................................
Balance at end of year......................................................................

Fair value of plan assets:
Balance at beginning of year ..............................................................
Actual (loss) return on plan assets ......................................................
Company contributions.......................................................................
Benefits paid  ......................................................................................
Balance at end of year......................................................................
Funded (unfunded) status  ..................................................................

Pension Plan
  December 29,     December 30,  

Retiree Medical Plan
  December 29,     December 30,  

2018

2017

2018

2017

 $  

 $  

 $  

 $  
 $  

 $  

80,153 
— 
2,283 
(1,578)
(7,583)  
73,275    $  

81,255    $  
(931)  
1,500   
(7,583)  
74,241    $  
966    $  

 $  

80,350 
— 
2,345 
4,662 
(7,204)    
80,153 

  $  

  $  

81,982 
6,477 
— 
(7,204)    
81,255 
1,102 

  $  
  $  

 $  

10,199 
195 
339 
(961)
(329)  
9,443    $  

9,663 
184 
345 
303 
(296)
10,199 

—    $  
—   
329   
(329)  

—    $  
(9,443)   $  

— 
— 
296 
(296)
— 
(10,199)

Components of net amount recognized in consolidated balance sheets:
Current assets......................................................................................
Noncurrent assets................................................................................
Current liabilities ................................................................................
Noncurrent liabilities ..........................................................................
Net asset (liability)  ..........................................................................

 $  

 $  

 $  

966 
— 
—   
—   

966    $  

— 
1,102 
— 
— 
1,102 

 $  

  $  

 $  

— 
— 
(437)  
(9,006)  
(9,443)   $  

— 
— 
(417)
(9,782)
(10,199)

Amounts recognized in AOCI:
Net actuarial loss
Prior service credit ..............................................................................

 $  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss...........................................   $  

 $  

19,885 
— 
19,885    $  

18,205 
— 
18,205 

 $  

  $  

 $  

629 
(92)
537    $  

1,678 
(250)
1,428 

Weighted average assumptions at measurement date:
Discount rate  ......................................................................................
Ultimate health care cost trend rate  ...................................................

3.48%   
N/A   

3.45%   
N/A   

4.41%   
5.00%   

3.72% 
5.00% 

-62-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
       
 
 
    
 
 
     
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
  
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
(In thousands, except percentages)
Components of net periodic benefit cost (income):

2018

Pension Plan
2017

2016

2018

Retiree Medical Plan
2017

2016

Service cost ...................................
Interest cost ...................................
Amortization of prior service
cost ................................................
Expected return on plan assets ......
Recognized actuarial net loss........

Net periodic benefit
(income) cost ..............................
Settlement expense........................

Total net periodic benefit
(income) cost ..............................

$  

—    $  

—    $  

—    $  

2,283   

2,345   

2,977   

195    $  
339   

184    $  
345   

— 

(3,631)  
417   

— 

(3,836)  
221   

— 

(4,269)  
706   

(158)
—   
88   

(158)
—   
59   

$  

$

$  

(931)
785   

(1,270)
548   

$  

$  

(586)
692   

  $

(146)

  $

(722)

  $

106 

$  

464 
—   

  $

464 

$  

430 
—   

  $

430 

187 
345 

(158)
— 
42 

416 
— 

416 

Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost (income):

Discount rate .................................
Expected return on plan assets ......

3.45%   
4.84%   

3.82%   
4.83%   

4.04%   
5.05%   

3.72%   
N/A   

4.26%   
N/A   

4.55% 
N/A 

The net actuarial loss and prior service cost included in AOCI and expected to be recognized in net periodic benefit cost in 2019 are as 
follows: 

(In thousands)
Prior service credit.....................................................................................................................................
Net actuarial loss  ......................................................................................................................................

  Pension Plan     Medical Plan  
(92)
N/A    $  
—  
207   

 $

Retiree

Prior service costs (credits) are amortized on a straight-line basis over the average remaining service period of active participants. 
Actuarial gains and losses for the Pension Plan are amortized over the average remaining life of all participants when the accumulation 
of such gains and losses exceeds 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation and the market-related value of plan assets.

Assumed healthcare cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the Retiree Medical Plan. Assumed current 
healthcare cost trend rates used to determine net periodic benefit cost (income) were as follows:

Pre-65  ............................................................................................................................. 
Post-65 ............................................................................................................................ 

N/A    
8.00% 

N/A    
8.40% 

7.50%
8.40%

2018

2017

2016

The effect of a one-percentage point increase or decrease in assumed healthcare cost trend rates on the total service and interest 
components and the post-retirement benefit obligations would be less than $0.1 million. 

Expected Return on Assets and Investment Strategy

The Company has assumed an average long-term expected return on the Pension Plan assets of 2.80% as of December 29, 2018. The 
expected return assumption was modeled by third-party investment portfolio managers, based on asset allocations and the expected 
return and risk components of the various asset classes in the portfolio. Determining projected stock and bond returns and then 
applying these returns to the target asset allocations of the plan assets developed the expected return. Equity returns were based 
primarily on historical returns of the S&P 500 Index. Fixed-income projected returns were based primarily on historical returns for the 
broad U.S. bond market. This overall return assumption is believed to be reasonable over a longer-term period that is consistent with 
the liabilities. 

-63-

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
         
         
         
         
         
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company has historically followed an investment policy for the Pension Plan with a long-term asset allocation mix designed to 
meet the long-term retirement obligations by investing in equity, fixed income and other securities to cover cash flow requirements of 
the plan and minimize long-term costs. In the current year, in the context of the Pension Plan termination and the expected distribution 
of the related assets, the Company has revised the asset mix to include a higher allocation of fixed income securities, which reduce the 
Pension Plan’s exposure to market volatility. Certain of the fixed income investments have a duration of 90 days or less, and as such 
are classified as cash equivalents. The following table summarizes both the targeted allocation of the Pension Plan’s asset allocation 
by asset category and actual allocations as of December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017: 

Asset Category

Target
December 29,
2018

December 29,
2018

Actual

  December 30,

Equity securities .......................................................................................................
Fixed income ............................................................................................................
Total .......................................................................................................................

—  %   

100.0   
100.0  %   

—  %    

100.0   
100.0  %    

2017

19.3  %
80.7   
100.0  %

The investment policy emphasizes the following key objectives: (1) provide benefit security to participants by maximizing the return 
on plan assets at an acceptable risk level, (2) maintain adequate liquidity for current benefit payments, (3) avoid unexpected increases 
in pension expense, and (4) within the scope of the above objectives, minimize long term funding to the plan. 

The fair values of the Pension Plan assets at December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, by asset category, are as follows: 

(In thousands)

Total

Fair Value of Assets as of December 29, 2018
Level 3
Level 2
Level 1

Mutual funds ............................................................
Pooled funds  ............................................................
Money market fund ..................................................
Guaranteed annuity contracts ...................................
Total fair value.......................................................

 $  

 $  

 $  

20,124 
29,576 
11,992   
12,549   
74,241    $  

— 
— 
—   
—   
— 

 $  

 $  

— 
— 

11,992   
—   

  $  

11,992 

  $  

— 
— 
—   
12,549   
12,549 

(In thousands)

Total

Fair Value of Assets as of December 30, 2017
Level 3
Level 2
Level 1

Mutual funds.............................................................
Pooled funds .............................................................
Money market fund ..................................................
Guaranteed annuity contracts  ..................................
Total fair value.......................................................

 $  

 $  

18,194 
48,133 

 $  

1,037   
13,891   
81,255    $  

— 
— 
—   
—   
— 

 $  

 $  

— 
— 
1,037   
—   

  $  

1,037 

  $  

— 
— 
—   
13,891   
13,891 

NAV (a)

20,124 
29,576 
— 
— 
49,700 

NAV (a)

18,194 
48,133 
— 
— 
66,327  

 $  

  $  

 $  

  $  

  (a) Assets are measured at net asset value (“NAV”) (or its equivalent) on a non-active market, and therefore, have not been 

classified in the fair value hierarchy.

Level 3 assets consist of guaranteed annuity contracts. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for Level 3 assets is as 
follows:

 (In thousands)

December 29, 
2018

December 30, 
2017

Balance at beginning of year................................................................................................................... $  
Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements, net .....................................................................................
Interest income ........................................................................................................................................
Unrealized gains......................................................................................................................................

Balance at end of year .......................................................................................................................... $  

13,891    $  
(1,712)  
588   
(218)  
12,549    $  

15,426 
(2,222)
552 
135 
13,891  

See Note 8 for a discussion of the levels of the fair value hierarchy. The fair value measurement level used is based on the lowest level 
of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. 

The following is a description of the valuation methods used for the Pension Plan’s assets measured at fair value in the above tables: 

Money market fund: The carrying value approximates fair value. Money market funds are valued on a daily basis at NAV using the 
amortized cost of the securities held in the fund. Since amortized cost does not meet the criteria for an active market, money market 
funds are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy of ASC 820.

-64-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mutual Funds: These investments are valued using NAV as a practical expedient to estimate fair value and are not classified in the fair 
value hierarchy. NAV is determined once a day after the closing of the exchange based upon the underlying assets in the fund, less the 
fund’s liabilities, expressed on a per-share basis. Mutual funds held by the Pension Plan are open end mutual funds that are registered 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). These funds are required to publish their daily NAV and to transact at that 
price. The mutual funds held by the Pension Plan are therefore deemed to be actively traded.

Pooled Funds: The plan holds units of various Aon Hewitt Group Trust Funds offered through a private placement. The units are 
valued daily using NAV as a practical expedient to estimate fair value. NAVs are based on the fair value of each fund’s underlying 
investments and are not classified in the fair value hierarchy. The practical expedient is not used when it is determined to be probable 
that the investment will be sold for an amount different than the reported NAV. 

Guaranteed Annuity Contracts: The guaranteed annuity contracts are immediate participation contracts held with insurance companies 
that act as custodian of the Pension Plan’s assets. The guaranteed annuity contracts are stated at contract values, which are determined 
by the custodians and approximate fair values. The Company evaluates the general financial condition of the custodians as a 
component of validating whether the calculated contract value is an accurate approximation of fair value. The review of the general 
financial condition of the custodians is considered obtainable/observable through the review of readily available financial information 
the custodians are required to file with the SEC. The group annuity contracts are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy of 
ASC 820. 

The methods described above may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of 
future fair values. Furthermore, while the Company believes its valuations methods are appropriate and consistent with other market 
participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result 
in a different fair value measurement. 

The Company expects to make contributions in 2019 of $0.4 million to the Retiree Medical Plan. The Company expects to make 
contributions in 2019 of between $0 and $0.5 million to the Pension Plan depending on actual termination costs and the value of 
Pension Plan assets upon final distribution.

The following estimated benefit payments are expected to be paid in the following fiscal years: 

 (In thousands)

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

Pension benefits .............................. $  
Post-retirement medical benefits ....

74,570 
437 

 $  

 $  

— 
480 

 $  

— 
520 

 $  

— 
557 

—    $  
590   

2024 to 2028  
— 
3,283  

Future benefit payments of pension benefits in 2019 include routine benefit payments as well as lump sum distributions and 
annuitization in connection with the Plan termination.

Multi-Employer Health and Welfare Plans

In addition to the plans described above, the Company participates in the Michigan Conference of Teamsters and Ohio Conference of 
Teamsters Health and Welfare plans. The Company contributes to these multi-employer plans under the terms contained in existing 
CBAs and in the amounts set forth within these agreements. The health and welfare plans provide medical, dental, pharmacy, vision, 
and other ancillary benefits to active associates and retirees, as determined by the trustees of the plan. The Company’s contributions 
largely benefit active associates, and as such, may not constitute contributions to a postretirement benefit plan. However, the Company 
is unable to separate contribution amounts for postretirement benefits from contribution amounts paid for active participants in the 
plan. These plans have a significant surplus of funds held in reserve in excess of claims incurred, and there is no potential withdrawal 
liability related to the Company’s participation in the plans. With respect to the Company’s participation in these plans, expense is 
recognized as contributions are funded. The Company contributed $13.8 million, $14.1 million and $14.3 million to these plans in 
2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

-65-

 
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
Multi-Employer Pension Plan

The Company also contributes to the Central States Plan, a multi-employer plan defined previously, under the terms of CBAs that 
cover its union-represented associates and in the amounts set forth within these agreements. The Company is party to four CBAs that 
require contributions to the Plan with expiration dates ranging from April 2019 to January 2022 or which the Company is in the 
process of negotiating and have a contemplated expiration date of February 2022. These CBAs cover warehouse personnel and drivers 
in Grand Rapids, Michigan and Bellefontaine and Lima, Ohio. With respect to the Company’s participation in the Central States Plan 
(EIN 36-60442343 / Pension Plan Number 001), expense is recognized as contributions are funded. The Company contributed $13.3 
million, $13.4 million and $13.4 million to this plan in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The contributions made by the Company 
represent less than five percent of the Plan’s total contributions in 2018.

The risk of participating in a multi-employer pension plan is different from the risk associated with single-employer plans in the 
following respects: 

a. Assets contributed to the multi-employer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other 

participating employers. 

b.

c.

If a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining 
participating employers. 

If a company chooses to stop participating in a multi-employer plan, makes market exits such as closing a distribution center 
without opening another one in the same locale, or otherwise has participation in the plan drop below certain levels, the 
company may be required to pay those plans an amount based on the underfunded status of the plan, referred to as a 
withdrawal liability. 

The PPA zone status of the Plan, which is based on information the Company received from the Plan and is certified by the Plan’s 
actuary, is “critical and declining” for the Plan’s two most recent fiscal years ending December 31, 2018 and 2017. Among other 
factors, plans in the “critical and declining” zone are generally less than 65% funded and projected to become insolvent within the 
next 15 years (or 20 years depending on the ratio of active-to-inactive participants). A rehabilitation plan has been implemented by the 
trustees of the Plan, and the CBAs that cover warehouse personnel and drivers in the Bellefontaine and Lima, Ohio distribution centers 
have permanent surcharges imposed due to the failure to adopt the trustee recommended rehabilitation plan. Refer to Note 9, 
Commitments and Contingencies, for further information regarding the Company’s participation in the Central States Plan. As of the 
date the consolidated financial statements were issued, Form 5500 was not available for the plan year ended December 31, 2018.

Note 12 – Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income or Loss 

AOCI represents the cumulative balance of other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, as of the end of the reporting period and 
relates to pension and other postretirement benefit obligation adjustments.

Changes in AOCI are as follows:

 (In thousands)

Balance at beginning of the year, net of tax ............................................................. $  
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications...................................................
Income tax benefit ....................................................................................................
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax, before reclassifications..............................
Amortization of amounts included in net periodic benefit cost (a) ..........................
Income tax expense (b).............................................................................................
Amounts reclassified out of AOCI, net of tax .......................................................
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax...................................................
Reclassification of stranded tax effects (c) .........................................................
Balance at end of the year, net of tax........................................................................ $  

 $  

2018
(15,136)
(2,026)    
458 
(1,568)  
1,204     
(259)
945   
(623)  
—   
(15,759)   $  

 $  

2017
(11,437)
(2,448)  
934   
(1,514)  
799   
(302)  
497   
(1,017)  
(2,682)  

(15,136)   $  

2016
(11,447)
(643)
236 
(407)
657 
(240)
417 
10 
— 
(11,437)

  (a) Reclassified from AOCI into Other, net, or Selling, general and administrative expense. Amortization of amounts included in net 

periodic benefit cost includes amortization of prior service cost and amortization of net actuarial loss.

  (b) Reclassified from AOCI into Income taxes expense.
  (c) Reclassification reflects the impact of ASU 2018-02, which allowed stranded tax effects from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act to be 

reclassified from AOCI to retained earnings.

-66-

   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 13 – Income Tax 

The income tax provision for continuing operations is made up of the following components:

 (In thousands)

Current income tax (benefit) expense:

2018

2017

2016

Federal.................................................................................................................... $  
State........................................................................................................................
Total current income tax (benefit) expense.........................................................

(1,607)   $  
1,107   
(500)  

366    $  
528   
894   

Deferred income tax expense (benefit):

Federal....................................................................................................................
State........................................................................................................................
Total deferred income tax expense (benefit).......................................................
Total income tax expense (benefit)........................................................................... $  

8,370   
(963)  
7,407   
6,907    $  

(72,842)  
(7,079)  
(79,921)  
(79,027)   $  

22,936 
3,210 
26,146 

6,509 
252 
6,761 
32,907  

A reconciliation of the statutory federal rate to the effective rate is as follows:

Federal statutory income tax rate ................................................................................
State taxes, net of federal income tax benefit ...........................................................
Stock compensation ..................................................................................................
Non-deductible expenses ..........................................................................................
Domestic production activities deduction ................................................................
Charitable product donations....................................................................................
Other, net ..................................................................................................................
Federal rate change effect on deferred taxes ............................................................
Tax credits ................................................................................................................
Change in tax contingencies .....................................................................................
Effective income tax rate.............................................................................................

2018

2017

2016

21.0  % 
1.7   
0.7 
0.6 
— 
(0.6)
(0.9)
(1.2)  
(1.8)  
(2.5)
17.0  % 

35.0  % 
3.1   
1.0 
(0.3)
0.1 
0.4 
0.8 
19.7   
0.2   
— 
60.0  % 

35.0  %
2.5   
—   
0.5 
(0.3)
(0.5)  
(0.6)
—   
—   
—   
36.6  %

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs 
Act (the “Tax Act”). The Tax Act makes broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code, including, but not limited to reducing the 
U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35 percent to 21 percent, effective January 1, 2018. Shortly after the Tax Act was enacted, the 
SEC issued accounting guidance, which provides a one-year measurement period during which a company may complete its 
accounting for the impacts of the Tax Act.  

In connection with initial analysis of the impact of the Tax Act, the Company recorded a provisional discrete income tax benefit of 
$26.0 million in the period ended December 30, 2017 associated with the re-measurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities as a 
result of the reduction in the U.S. federal corporate tax rate. In the third quarter of 2018, the Company completed its accounting for the 
income tax effects of certain elements of the Tax Act, resulting in an income tax benefit of $0.5 million.

-67-

   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting from temporary differences as of December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017 are as 
follows: 

(In thousands)

Deferred tax assets:

 December 29,    December 30,  

2018

2017

Employee benefits ..................................................................................................................................
Accrued workers' compensation.............................................................................................................
Allowance for doubtful accounts ...........................................................................................................
Intangible assets .....................................................................................................................................
Restructuring ..........................................................................................................................................
Deferred revenue ....................................................................................................................................
Accrued rent ...........................................................................................................................................
Accrued insurance ..................................................................................................................................
State net operating loss carryforwards (a)..............................................................................................
All other..................................................................................................................................................
Total deferred tax assets  .............................................................................................................................

 $ 

Deferred tax liabilities:

Property and equipment .........................................................................................................................
Inventory ................................................................................................................................................
Goodwill.................................................................................................................................................
Intangible assets .....................................................................................................................................
All other..................................................................................................................................................
Total deferred tax liabilities ......................................................................................................................
Net deferred tax liability ...........................................................................................................................

 $ 

17,330   $ 
1,402  
10,171  
—  
1,806  
1,269  
3,196  
1,150  
2,656  
3,917  
42,897  

41,315  
32,401  
15,763  
1,011  
1,661  
92,151  
49,254   $ 

19,311 
1,620 
1,974 
56 
2,322 
1,552 
3,853 
921 
37 
2,688 
34,334 

34,199 
31,454 
10,083 
— 
648 
76,384 
42,050  

  (a) At December 29, 2018, the Company had gross state net operating losses in various taxing jurisdictions totaling $3.4 million, 

which expire in tax years 2021 through 2038 if not utilized.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows: 

(In thousands)

  December 29,     December 30,  

2018

2017

Balance at beginning of year ..................................................................................................................  $  

Gross increases - tax positions taken in prior years  ............................................................................ 
Gross decreases - tax positions taken in prior years ............................................................................ 
Gross increases - tax positions taken in current year  .......................................................................... 
Lapse of statute of limitations.............................................................................................................. 

Balance at end of year.............................................................................................................................  $  

2,408    $  
163     
(171)   
894     
(1,817)   
1,477    $  

2,369 
213 
(123)
872 
(923)
2,408  

Unrecognized tax benefits of $0.9 million are set to expire prior to December 28, 2019. The Company recognizes interest and 
penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. The amount recognized due to a lapse in the statute of 
limitations that reduced the Company’s effective income tax rate in 2018 was $1.0 million. The amount of unrecognized tax benefits, 
including interest and penalties, that would reduce the Company’s effective income tax rate if recognized in future periods was $0.3 
million as of December 29, 2018. 

SpartanNash or its subsidiaries file income tax returns with federal, state and local tax authorities within the United States. With few 
exceptions, SpartanNash is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state or local examinations by tax authorities for fiscal years before the 
year ended January 3, 2015. Income tax returns related to the former Nash-Finch Company are no longer subject to U.S. federal, state 
or local examinations by tax authorities.

-68-

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
   
   
 
    
   
    
   
    
   
    
   
    
   
    
   
    
   
    
   
    
   
    
   
      
  
    
 
    
   
    
   
    
   
    
   
    
   
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 14 – Stock-Based Compensation 

The Company sponsors a shareholder-approved 10-year stock incentive plan covering 2,500,000 shares of SpartanNash’s common 
stock. The SpartanNash Company Stock Incentive Plan of 2015 (the “2015 Plan”) provides for the granting of stock options, stock 
appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock awards, and other stock-based and stock-related awards to directors, 
officers and other key associates. Shares issued, as a result of stock option exercises, will be funded with the issuance of new shares. 
Holders of restricted stock and stock awards are entitled to participate in cash dividends and dividend equivalents. As of December 29, 
2018, a total of 1,475,633 shares remained unissued under the 2015 Plan. 

All outstanding unvested stock options and unvested shares of restricted stock vest immediately upon a “Change in Control,” as 
defined by the Plan. The Company has not issued any stock options since 2009 and all outstanding options are vested. 

The following table summarizes stock option activity for 2018, 2017 and 2016:

  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

  Weighted
Average

  Remaining
  Contractual
Life Years

Options outstanding and exercisable at January 2, 2016

Exercised ...........................................................................................
Cancelled/Expired .............................................................................

Options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2016

Exercised ...........................................................................................
Cancelled/Expired .............................................................................    

Options outstanding and exercisable at December 30, 2017

Exercised ........................................................................................... 
Cancelled/Expired .............................................................................

Options outstanding and exercisable at December 29, 2018

Shares
Under Options  
308,793 
(107,338)
(938)  

200,517 
(152,589)  

— 

47,928   
(20,476)  
(14,400)
13,052 

 $  

 $  

21.15 
23.46 
14.36 
19.94 
21.02 
— 
16.52 
13.87 
22.69 
13.87 

Aggregate
  Intrinsic Value  
  (in thousands)  
773 
  $  
1,043 

3,929 
1,832 

487 

2.46 

1.65 

1.07 

0.37 

 $  

39  

Cash received from option exercises was $0.3 million, $3.2 million and $2.5 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

Restricted shares awarded to associates vest ratably over a four-year service period and over one year for grants to the Board of 
Directors. Awards are subject to forfeiture and certain transfer restrictions prior to vesting. Compensation expense, representing the 
fair value of the stock at the measurement date of the award, is recognized over the required service period. 

The following table summarizes restricted stock activity for 2018, 2017 and 2016: 

Weighted 
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value

Shares

Outstanding and nonvested at January 2, 2016

   637,555    $  

Outstanding and nonvested at December 31, 2016

Granted......................................................................................................................................................    314,944   
Vested .......................................................................................................................................................    (255,156)  
(37,200)  
Forfeited....................................................................................................................................................   
   660,143   
Granted......................................................................................................................................................    296,297   
Vested .......................................................................................................................................................    (258,183)  
(84,513)  
Forfeited....................................................................................................................................................   
   613,744   
Granted......................................................................................................................................................    482,572   
Vested .......................................................................................................................................................    (260,644)  
(12,853)  
Forfeited....................................................................................................................................................   
   822,819    $  

Outstanding and nonvested at December 30, 2017

Outstanding and nonvested at December 29, 2018

24.75 
28.34 
24.56 
25.80 
26.48 
34.68 
25.90 
29.11 
30.32 
17.00 
28.89 
23.52 
23.07  

The total fair value of shares vested was $4.8 million, $9.3 million and $6.6 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

-69-

 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
 
  
 
    
 
 
  
  
   
 
    
 
 
    
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
    
 
 
  
 
  
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
  
 
  
 
    
 
 
    
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock-based compensation expense recognized and included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the consolidated 
statements of operations, and related tax benefits were as follows: 

 (In thousands)

Restricted stock..........................................................................................................   $  
Tax benefits ...............................................................................................................  

Stock-based compensation expense, net of tax.......................................................   $  

2018

2017

2016

7,646    $  
(2,242)  
5,404    $  

9,611    $  
(3,440)  
6,171    $  

7,936 
(2,976)
4,960  

As of December 29, 2018, total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based awards granted under the stock 
incentive plans was $4.2 million for restricted stock. The remaining compensation costs not yet recognized are expected to be 
recognized over a weighted average period of 2.4 years for restricted stock. All compensation costs related to stock options have been 
recognized. 

The Company recognized tax deductions of $5.6 million, $11.6 million and $8.0 million related to the exercise of stock options and 
the vesting of restricted stock in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

The Company sponsors a stock bonus plan covering 300,000 shares of SpartanNash common stock. Under the provisions of this plan, 
certain officers and key associates may elect to receive a portion of their annual bonus in common stock rather than cash and will be 
granted additional shares of common stock worth 20% of the portion of the bonus they elect to receive in stock. After the shares are 
issued, the holder is not able to sell or otherwise transfer the shares until the end of the holding period, which is currently 24 months. 
Compensation expense is recorded based upon the market price of the stock as of the measurement date. During the year, the 
Company authorized the issuance of an additional 45,000 shares to be granted by the stock bonus plan. A total of 45,000 shares 
remained unissued under the stock bonus plan at December 29, 2018. 

The Company also sponsors an associate stock purchase plan covering 200,000 shares of SpartanNash common stock. The plan 
provides that associates of the Company may purchase shares at 95% of the fair market value. As of December 29, 2018, a total of 
100,412 shares had been issued under the plan.

Note 15 – Concentration of Credit Risk 

The Company may provide financial assistance in the form of loans to certain independent retailers for inventories, store fixtures and 
equipment and store improvements. Loans are generally secured by liens on real estate, inventory and/or equipment, personal 
guarantees and other types of collateral, and are generally repayable over a period of five to ten years. The Company establishes 
allowances for doubtful accounts based upon periodic assessments of the credit risk of specific customers, collateral value, historical 
trends and other information. The Company believes that adequate provisions have been recorded for any doubtful accounts. In 
addition, the Company may guarantee debt and lease obligations of independent retailers. In the event these retailers are unable to 
meet their debt service payments or otherwise experience an event of default, the Company would be unconditionally liable for the 
outstanding balance of their debt and lease obligations, which would be due in accordance with the underlying agreements. 

In the ordinary course of business, the Company may advance funds to certain independent retailers which are earned by the retailers 
primarily through achieving specified purchase volume requirements, as outlined in their supply agreements with the Company, or in 
limited instances, for remaining a SpartanNash customer for a specified time period. These advances must be repaid if the purchase 
volume requirements are not met or if the retailer no longer remains a customer for the specified time period. As of December 29, 
2018, the Company has an unearned advanced amount to one independent retailer for an amount representing approximately two 
percent of the Company’s total assets. The Company’s collateral related to the advanced funds is a security interest in select business 
assets of the independent retailer’s stores including select real property assets, and other collateral, including a personal guarantee, 
from the shareholder. Despite the collateral, the Company may be unable to realize the entire unearned portion of the funds advanced 
to this independent retailer, and accordingly, has evaluated the net estimated realizability of the advance. During the fourth quarter of 
2017, and in the context of a state law receivership proceeding, the customer rationalized its retail store base and entered into a new 
supply agreement with the Company and assumed the obligation of the original agreement. In the fourth quarter of 2018, the customer 
defaulted on the terms of the supply agreement. As a result, the Company exercised its rights and filed a petition to place the customer 
in receivership. The Company performed an analysis of the net realizability of the underlying collateral which resulted in a $32.0 
million charge in 2018.

In the ordinary course of business, the Company also subleases and assigns various leases to third parties. As of December 29, 2018, 
the Company estimates the present value of its maximum potential obligations for subleases and assigned leases to be approximately 
$5.9 million and $14.1 million, respectively.

-70-

 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 16 – Supplemental Cash Flow Information 

Supplemental cash flow information is as follows:

 (In thousands)

Non-cash financing activities:

2018

2017

2016

Issuance of note payable as consideration for acquisition ..................................... $  
Recognition of investment in direct financing lease..............................................
Recognition of capital lease obligations ................................................................
Derecognition of capital lease obligations.............................................................
Deferred gain on derecognition of capital lease obligations..................................

—    $  
—   
3,304   
—   
—   

2,460    $  
2,295   
588   
—   
—   

Non-cash investing activities:

Capital expenditures included in accounts payable ...............................................
Derecognition of fixed assets under direct financing lease ...................................
Capital lease asset additions ..................................................................................
Capital lease asset disposals ..................................................................................
Acquisition financed through issuance of note payable ........................................

4,564   
—   
3,304   
—   
—   

5,418   
2,295   
588   
—   
2,460   

Other supplemental cash flow information:

— 
— 
3,536 
(6,068)
3,052 

5,465 
— 
3,536 
(3,016)
— 

Cash paid for interest .............................................................................................
Net cash paid for taxes...........................................................................................

28,138   

139     

22,818   
10,657     

16,184 
35,836  

Note 17 – Reporting Segment Information 

SpartanNash sells and distributes products that are typically found in supermarkets and discount stores. The operating segments reflect 
the manner in which the business is managed and how the Company allocates resources and assesses performance internally. The 
Company’s chief operating decision maker is the Chief Executive Officer, who determines the allocation of resources and, through a 
regular review of financial information, assesses the performance of the operating segments. The business is classified by management 
into three reportable segments: Food Distribution, Military and Retail. These reportable segments are three distinct businesses, each 
with a different customer base, management structure, and basis for determining budgets, forecasts, and executive compensation. The 
Company reviews its reportable segments on an annual basis, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate a change in 
reportable segments has occurred.

The Company’s Food Distribution segment, consisting of 14 distribution centers as well as facilities to process fresh produce, 
proteins, and meal kits, supplies grocery products, including dry groceries, produce, dairy products, meat, delicatessen items, bakery 
goods, frozen food, seafood, floral products, general merchandise, beverages, tobacco products, health and beauty care products and 
pharmacy primarily to a diverse group of independent and chain retailers, food service distributors and the Company’s corporate 
owned retail stores. The Company also offers certain value-added services (e.g., accounting, payroll, marketing, etc.) to its 
independent retail customers. These services are not material to the Company’s financial statements. Sales to independent retailers and 
inter-segment sales are recorded based upon both a “cost plus” model and a “variable mark-up” model, which vary by commodity and 
servicing distribution center. To supply its wholesale customers, the Company operates a fleet of tractors, conventional trailers and 
refrigerated trailers and also provides managed freight solutions. 

The Military segment contracts with manufacturers and brokers to distribute a wide variety of grocery products, including dry 
groceries, beverages, meat, and frozen foods, primarily to U.S. military commissaries and exchanges from its 7 distribution centers, 
two of which are shared with the Food Distribution segment. The contracts typically specify the commissaries and exchanges to 
supply on behalf of the manufacturer, the manufacturer’s products to be supplied, service and delivery requirements and pricing and 
payment terms. The Company is also the DeCA exclusive worldwide supplier of private brand grocery and related products to U.S. 
military commissaries. The Company procures the grocery and related products from various manufacturers, and upon receiving 
customer orders from DeCA, either delivers the products to the U.S. military commissaries itself or partners with Coastal Pacific Food 
Distributors to deliver the products on its behalf.

The Retail segment operated 139 corporate owned retail stores and 29 fuel centers, predominantly in the Midwest region, as of 
December 29, 2018. The Company’s retail stores typically offer dry groceries, produce, dairy products, meat, delicatessen items, 
bakery goods, frozen food, seafood, floral products, general merchandise, beverages, tobacco products and health and beauty care 
products. The Company also offered pharmacy services in 83 of its corporate owned retail stores as of December 29, 2018. 

Identifiable assets represent total assets directly associated with the reporting segments. Eliminations in assets identified to segments 
include intercompany receivables, payables and investments. 

-71-

   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following tables set forth information about the Company by reporting segment:

(In thousands)

2018

Food

Distribution  

Military

Retail

Total

Net sales to external customers .................................................... $   3,991,450    $   2,166,843    $   1,906,259    $   8,064,552 
842,934 
Inter-segment sales .......................................................................
Merger/acquisition and integration...............................................
4,937 
Restructuring charges (gains), asset impairment and other
charges ..........................................................................................
Depreciation and amortization......................................................
Operating earnings........................................................................
Capital expenditures .....................................................................

5,291 
38,812   
16,113   
34,694   

(801)
11,968   
5,647   
3,530   

33,056 
32,073 
48,752 
33,271 

37,546 
82,853 
70,512 
71,495 

842,934 
3,581 

—   
1,352   

—   
4   

2017

Net sales to external customers .................................................... $   3,827,909 
885,872 
Inter-segment sales .......................................................................
6,244 
Merger/acquisition and integration...............................................
— 
Goodwill impairment....................................................................
1,317 
Restructuring charges and asset impairment ................................
30,255 
Depreciation and amortization......................................................
83,115 
Operating earnings (loss)..............................................................
25,990 
Capital expenditures .....................................................................

2016

Net sales to external customers .................................................... $   3,281,025 
918,095 
Inter-segment sales .......................................................................
3,703 
Merger/acquisition and integration...............................................
5,068 
Restructuring charges (gains) and asset impairment ....................
21,397 
Depreciation and amortization......................................................
85,296 
Operating earnings........................................................................
19,075 
Capital expenditures .....................................................................

 $   2,144,022    $   1,991,868    $   7,963,799 
885,872 
8,101 
189,027 
39,432 
83,240 
(106,675)
70,906 

—   
335   
189,027   
37,615   
41,359   
(196,759)  
38,434   

—   
1,522   
—   
500   
11,626   
6,969   
6,482   

 $   2,197,014    $   2,083,045    $   7,561,084 
918,095 
6,959 
32,116 
77,246 
109,184 
73,429 

—   
3,255   
27,521   
44,365   
11,672   
47,907   

—   
1   
(473)  
11,484   
12,216   
6,447   

(In thousands)

Total Assets 

    December 29,

    December 30,

2018

2017

Food Distribution ............................................................................................................................    $   1,074,125    $   1,085,621 
Military  ...........................................................................................................................................   
432,818 
533,912 
Retail ...............................................................................................................................................   
3,446 
Discontinued operations ..................................................................................................................   
Total ..............................................................................................................................................    $   1,971,912    $   2,055,797  

405,587   
489,049   
3,151   

-72-

 
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
         
         
         
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
         
         
         
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
         
         
         
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 18 – Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

Earnings per share amounts for each quarter are required to be computed independently and may not sum to the amount computed for 
the total year. 

2018

Full Year
52 Weeks

4th Quarter    
(12 Weeks)

3rd Quarter    
(12 Weeks)

2nd Quarter    
(12 Weeks)

1st Quarter
(16 Weeks)

  245,390   
1,406   

  1,110,406   
4,937   

(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Net sales .................................................................... $   8,064,552    $   1,896,796    $   1,886,730    $   1,895,953    $   2,385,073 
343,214 
Gross profit ...............................................................
Merger/acquisition and integration ...........................
2,206 
Restructuring charges (gains), asset
impairment and other charges ...................................
Earnings (loss) before income taxes and
discontinued operations ............................................
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations ..............
(Loss) earnings from discontinued operations,
net of taxes ................................................................
Net earnings .............................................................. $  
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations
per share:

19 
(14,008)   $  

(80)
17,465    $  

(66)
17,772    $  

256,142   
521   

265,660   
804   

(19,501)
(14,027)  

19,919 
17,545   

23,085 
17,838   

40,698 
33,791   

17,195 
12,435 

(92)
12,343 

33,572    $  

32,277 

37,546 

(1,164)

6,202 

(219)

232 

Basic ....................................................................... $  
Diluted....................................................................

0.94    $  
0.94   

(0.39)   $  
(0.39)  

0.49    $  
0.49   

0.50    $  
0.50   

Net earnings (loss) per share:

Basic ....................................................................... $  
Diluted....................................................................

Dividends .................................................................. $  

0.93    $  
0.93   
25,923    $  

(0.39)   $  
(0.39)  
6,471    $  

0.49    $  
0.49   

0.49    $  
0.49   

6,469    $  

6,457    $  

0.34 
0.34 

0.34 
0.34 
6,526 

2017

Full Year
(52 Weeks)

4th Quarter    
(12 Weeks)

3rd Quarter    
(12 Weeks)

2nd Quarter    
(12 Weeks)

1st Quarter
(16 Weeks)

  254,815   
1,070   
—   

  1,144,909   
8,101   
  189,027   

(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Net sales .................................................................... $   7,963,799    $   1,885,500    $   1,868,398    $   1,856,199    $   2,353,702 
357,376 
Gross profit ...............................................................
4,017 
Merger/acquisition and integration ...........................
— 
Goodwill impairment ................................................
Restructuring charges (gains) and asset
impairment ................................................................
(Loss) earnings before income taxes and
discontinued operations ............................................
(Loss) earnings from continuing operations .............
Loss from discontinued operations,
net of taxes ................................................................
Net (loss) earnings .................................................... $  
(Loss) earnings from continuing
operations per share:

271,026   
622   
—   

261,692   
2,392   
189,027   

(54)
(123,506)   $  

(228)
(52,845)   $  

  (131,644)
(52,617)  

(31)
21,029    $  

(199,897)
(123,452)  

12,492 
34,710   

33,327 
21,060   

22,434 
15,065 

(40)
15,025 

34,607    $  

39,432 

35,626 

2,799 

1,021 

(103)

(14)

Basic ....................................................................... $  
Diluted....................................................................

(1.41)   $  
(1.41)  

0.94    $  
0.94   

(3.31)   $  
(3.31)  

0.56    $  
0.56   

Net (loss) earnings per share:

Basic ....................................................................... $  
Diluted....................................................................

Dividends .................................................................. $  

(1.41)   $  
(1.41)  
24,704    $  

0.94    $  
0.94   

6,055    $  

(3.32)   $  
(3.32)  
6,149    $  

0.56    $  
0.56   

6,245    $  

0.40 
0.40 

0.40 
0.40 
6,255  

-73-

 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
         
         
         
         
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 19 – Subsequent Events

On December 31, 2018, the Company acquired all of the equity of Martin’s Super Markets (“Martin’s”) for $84.3 million, net of cash 
acquired. The purchase price is subject to customary working capital adjustments, as necessary. Founded in 1947 and headquartered in 
South Bend, Indiana, Martin’s currently operates 21 stores in Northern Indiana and Southwest Michigan with approximately 3,500 
employees. For their fiscal year ended July 29, 2018, Martin’s had more than $450 million in net sales. Martin’s was an independent 
retailer and customer of the Company’s Food Distribution segment as of December 29, 2018, and sales from the Food Distribution 
segment to Martin’s will be eliminated going forward. The acquisition will expand the footprint of the Company’s Retail segment into 
northern Indiana and southwestern Michigan. The acquisition was funded with proceeds from the Company’s Credit Agreement (Note 
7).

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

Not applicable. 

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

An evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of SpartanNash Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as 
currently defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) was performed as of December 29, 2018 (the 
“Evaluation Date”). This evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of SpartanNash Company’s 
management, including its Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) and Chief Accounting Officer 
(“CAO”). As of the Evaluation Date, SpartanNash Company’s management, including the CEO, CFO and CAO, concluded that 
SpartanNash’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the Evaluation Date to ensure that material information required 
to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and 
reported within the time periods specified by the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and 
procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the 
reports that the Company files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is accumulated and communicated to 
management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers as appropriate to allow for timely decisions regarding 
required disclosure. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

The management of SpartanNash Company, including its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting 
Officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-
15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. SpartanNash Company’s internal controls were designed by, or under 
the supervision of, the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer, and effected by the Company’s 
Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of its financial 
reporting and the preparation and presentation of the consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with 
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the 
maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of 
SpartanNash Company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial 
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of SpartanNash Company 
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of SpartanNash Company; and (3) provide 
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of SpartanNash 
Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Management of SpartanNash Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of its internal controls over financial reporting 
based on the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of 
the Treadway Commission. This evaluation included review of the documentation of controls, evaluation of the design effectiveness 
of controls, testing of the operating effectiveness of controls and a conclusion on this evaluation. Through this evaluation, 
management did not identify any material weakness in the Company’s internal control. There are inherent limitations in the 
effectiveness of any system of internal control over financial reporting. Based on the evaluation, management has concluded that 
SpartanNash Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 29, 2018. 

The independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K 
Annual Report has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 29, 2018 as stated in their report on the following page. 

-74-

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of 
SpartanNash Company and Subsidiaries 
Grand Rapids, Michigan

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of SpartanNash Company and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of 
December 29, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, 
effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 29, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control — 
Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO. 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), 
the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 29, 2018, of the Company and our report dated February 
27, 2019, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements. 

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of 
the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control 
over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based 
on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the 
Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange 
Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit 
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. 
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness 
exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such 
other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our 
opinion. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the 
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the 
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect 
on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP 

Grand Rapids, Michigan 
February 27, 2019

-75-

 
Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting 

During the last fiscal quarter, there was no change in SpartanNash’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially 
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, SpartanNash’s internal control over financial reporting.

-76-

PART III 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

The information required by this item is here incorporated by reference from the sections titled “The Board of Directors,” 
“SpartanNash’s Executive Officers,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” “Corporate Governance 
Principles,” and “Transactions with Related Persons” in SpartanNash’s definitive proxy statement relating to its annual meeting of 
shareholders to be held in 2019. 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation 

The information required by this item is here incorporated by reference from the sections entitled “Executive Compensation,” 
“Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control,” “Compensation of Directors,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks 
and Insider Participation” and “Compensation Committee Report” in SpartanNash’s definitive proxy statement relating to its annual 
meeting of shareholders to be held in 2019. 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

The information required by this item is here incorporated by reference from the section titled “Ownership of SpartanNash Stock” in 
SpartanNash’s definitive proxy statement relating to its annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 2019. 

The following table provides information about SpartanNash’s equity compensation plans regarding the number of securities to be 
issued under these plans, the weighted-average exercise prices of options outstanding under these plans and the number of securities 
available for future issuance as of the end of fiscal 2018. 

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS 

Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(1)

  Weighted-average exercise
  price of outstanding options,

warrants and rights
(2)

Number of securities 
remaining
  available for future issuance  
under equity compensation  
plans (excluding securities
reflected in column (1)
(3)

13,052 

— 

13,052   

13.87   

Not applicable   
13.87   

1,475,633 

— 
1,475,633  

Plan Category

Equity compensation Plans approved
by security holders (a) ...............................
Equity compensation plans not
approved by security holders .....................
Total ........................................................

  (a) Consists of the Stock Incentive Plan of 2015. The numbers of shares reflected in column (3) in the table above with respect to the 
Stock Incentive Plan of 2015 represent shares that may be issued other than upon the exercise of an option, warrant or right. The 
plan contains customary anti-dilution provisions that are applicable in the event of a stock split or certain other changes in 
SpartanNash’s capitalization.

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

The information required by this item is here incorporated by reference from the section titled “Transactions with Related Persons” 
and the table captioned “Board of Directors Committee Membership” in SpartanNash’s definitive proxy statement relating to its 
annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 2019. 

Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

The information required by this item is here incorporated by reference from the section titled “Independent Auditors” in 
SpartanNash’s definitive proxy statement relating to its annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 2019. 

-77-

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV 

Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

(a)

The following documents are filed as part of this Report: 

1.

Financial Statements. 

A. In Item 8. 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm of Deloitte & Touche LLP dated February 27, 2019 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 29, 2018, December 30, 2017 and December 
31, 2016

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the years ended December 29, 2018, December 30, 
2017 and December 31, 2016

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 29, 2018, December 30, 2017 and 
December 31, 2016

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 29, 2018, December 30, 2017 and December 
31, 2016

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

2.

Financial Statement Schedules. 

Schedules are omitted because the required information is either inapplicable or presented in the consolidated financial 
statements or related notes. 

3.

Exhibits. 

The information required by this Section (a)(3) of Item 15 is set forth on the exhibit index that follows the Signatures page 
of this Form 10-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

-78-

Exhibit
Number

    2.1

    2.2

    3.1

    3.2

  10.1

  10.2

  10.3

  10.4

  10.5

  10.6*

  10.7*

  10.8*

  10.9*

  10.10*

  10.11*

  10.12*

  10.13*

EXHIBIT INDEX 

Document

Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of November 3, 2016 by and among SpartanNash Company, Caito Foods Service, 
Inc., Blue Ribbon Transport, Inc., and Matthew Caito as Seller’s Representative. Previously filed as an exhibit to the 
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 9, 2017. Incorporated herein by reference.

Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of January 6, 2017 by and among SpartanNash Company, Caito 
Foods Service, Inc., Blue Ribbon Transport, Inc., and Matthew Caito as Seller’s Representative. Previously filed as an 
exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 9, 2017. Incorporated herein by reference.

Restated Articles of Incorporation of SpartanNash Company, as amended. Previously filed as an exhibit to the 
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 15, 2017. Incorporated herein by reference.

Bylaws of SpartanNash Company, as amended. Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016. Incorporated herein by reference.

Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, among Spartan Stores, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries, as 
borrowers, and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as administrative agent, and certain lenders from time to time party 
thereto, dated November 19, 2013. Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
on November 19, 2013. Incorporated herein by reference.

Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated January 9, 2015, among 
SpartanNash Company and certain of its subsidiaries, as borrowers, and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as 
administrative agent, and certain lenders from time to time party thereto. Previously filed as an exhibit to the 
Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 12, 2015. Incorporated herein by reference.

Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated December 20, 2016, among 
SpartanNash Company and certain of its subsidiaries, as borrowers, and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as 
administrative agent, and certain lenders from time to time party thereto. Previously filed as an exhibit to the 
Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 21, 2016. Incorporated herein by reference.

Amendment No. 3 to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated November 21, 2017, among 
SpartanNash Company and certain of its subsidiaries, as borrowers, and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as 
administrative agent, and certain lenders from time to time party thereto. Previously filed as an exhibit to the 
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 30, 2017. Incorporated herein by reference.

Amendment No. 4 to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated December 18, 2018, among 
SpartanNash Company and certain of its subsidiaries, as borrowers, and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as 
administrative agent, and certain lenders from time to time party thereto. Previously filed as an exhibit to the 
Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 19, 2018. Incorporated herein by reference.

Amended and Restated SpartanNash Company Executive Cash Incentive Plan of 2015. Previously filed as an exhibit to 
the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 3, 2015. Incorporated herein by reference.

Summary of 2018 Long-Term Cash Incentive Award. Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report 
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 21, 2018. Incorporated herein by reference.

Summary of 2018 Annual Cash Incentive Award. Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on 
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 21, 2018. Incorporated herein by reference.

Summary of 2017 Long-Term Cash Incentive Award. Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report 
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 22, 2017. Incorporated herein by reference.

Summary of 2017 Annual Cash Incentive Award. Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on 
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 22, 2017. Incorporated herein by reference.

Form of 2016 Long-Term Executive Incentive Plan Award. Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 23, 2016. Incorporated herein by reference.

SpartanNash Company Stock Incentive Plan of 2015. Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Form S-8 filed 
on June 4, 2015. Incorporated herein by reference.

SpartanNash Company Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended. Previously filed as an exhibit to the 
Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 27, 2010. Incorporated herein by reference.

-79-

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Exhibit
Number

  10.14*

  10.15*

  10.16*

  10.17*

  10.18*

  10.19*

  10.20*

  10.21*

Document

SpartanNash Company Supplemental Executive Savings Plan. Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Form S-
8 Registration Statement filed on December 21, 2001. Incorporated herein by reference.

SpartanNash Company 2001 Stock Bonus Plan. Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Transition Report on 
Form 10-K for the year ended December 28, 2013. Incorporated herein by reference.

Form of Restricted Stock Award to Executive Officers. Previously filed as an exhibit to SpartanNash Company’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ending April 21, 2018. Incorporated herein by reference.

Form of Restricted Stock Award to Non-Employee Directors. Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ending April 21, 2018. Incorporated herein by reference.

Form of Executive Employment Agreement between SpartanNash Company and certain executive officers, as 
amended. Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 
30, 2017. Incorporated herein by reference.

Form of Executive Employment Agreement between SpartanNash Company and certain executive officers. Previously 
filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 30, 2017. Incorporated 
herein by reference.

Form of Executive Severance Agreement between SpartanNash Company and certain executive officers, as amended. 
Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 30, 2017. 
Incorporated herein by reference. 

Form of Executive Severance Agreement between SpartanNash Company and certain executive officers. Previously 
filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 30, 2017. Incorporated 
herein by reference.

  10.22*

Form of Indemnification Agreement. Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
the year ended January 2, 2016. Incorporated herein by reference.

  21

  23

  24

  31.1

  31.2

  31.3  

  32.1

Subsidiaries of SpartanNash Company.

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

Powers of Attorney.

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification of Chief Accounting Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350. This exhibit is furnished, not filed, in accordance with SEC Release 
Number 33-8212.

101.INS

XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE

*

These documents are management contracts or compensation plans or arrangements required to be filed as exhibits to this Form 
10-K. 

-80-

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, SpartanNash Company (the Registrant) 
has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

SPARTANNASH COMPANY
(Registrant)

Date: February 27, 2019

      By /s/ David M. Staples

David M. Staples
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

-81-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of 

SpartanNash Company and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

February 27, 2019

February 27, 2019

February 27, 2019

February 27, 2019

February 27, 2019

February 27, 2019

February 27, 2019

February 27, 2019

February 27, 2019

February 27, 2019

      By   *

M. Shân Atkins
Director

      By   *

Dennis Eidson
Chairman and Director

      By   *

Dr. Frank M. Gambino
Director

      By   *

Douglas A. Hacker
Director

      By   *

Yvonne R. Jackson
Director

      By   *

Matthew Mannelly
Director

      By   *

Elizabeth A. Nickels
Director

      By   *

Hawthorne Proctor
Director

By   /s/ David M. Staples

David M. Staples
Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

      By   *

William R. Voss
Director

February 27, 2019

      By   /s/ Mark E. Shamber

Mark E. Shamber
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

February 27, 2019

      By   /s/ Tammy R. Hurley

Tammy R. Hurley
Vice President, Finance and Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)

February 27, 2019

      *By  /s/ David M. Staples

David M. Staples
Attorney-in-Fact

-82-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.1 

I, David M. Staples, certify that: 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of SpartanNash Company; 

CERTIFICATION 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with 
respect to the period covered by this report; 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in 
this report; 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in 
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made 
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 

designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of 
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 

conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based 
on such evaluation; and 

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, 
or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 

financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the 
equivalent functions): 

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 

reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial 
information; and 

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: February 27, 2019

/s/ David M. Staples
David M. Staples
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

 
Exhibit 31.2

I, Mark E. Shamber, certify that: 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of SpartanNash Company; 

CERTIFICATION 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with 
respect to the period covered by this report; 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in 
this report; 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in 
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made 
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 

designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of 
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 

conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based 
on such evaluation; and 

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, 
or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 

financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the 
equivalent functions): 

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 

reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial 
information; and 

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: February 27, 2019

/s/ Mark E. Shamber
Mark E. Shamber
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer)

 
Exhibit 31.3 

I, Tammy R. Hurley, certify that: 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of SpartanNash Company; 

CERTIFICATION 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with 
respect to the period covered by this report; 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in 
this report; 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in 
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made 
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 

designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of 
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 

conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based 
on such evaluation; and 

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, 
or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 

financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the 
equivalent functions): 

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 

reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial 
information; and 

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: February 27, 2019

/s/ Tammy R. Hurley
Tammy R. Hurley
Vice President, Finance and Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)

 
CERTIFICATION 

Exhibit 32.1 

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, each of the undersigned hereby certifies in his capacity as an officer of SpartanNash Company 
(the “Company”) that the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the accounting period ended December 29, 2018 fully 
complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in 
such report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition of the Company at the end of such period and the results of 
operations of the Company for such period. 

This Certificate is given pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and for no other purpose. 

Dated: February 27, 2019

Dated: February 27, 2019

Dated: February 27, 2019

/s/ David M. Staples
David M. Staples
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Mark E. Shamber
Mark E. Shamber
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/ Tammy R. Hurley
Tammy R. Hurley
Vice President, Finance and Chief Accounting Officer 
(Principal Accounting Officer)

A signed original of this written statement has been provided to SpartanNash Company and will be retained by SpartanNash Company 
and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. 

 
2018 SpartanNash Annual Report

Corporate Leadership

David M. Staples*
President and Chief Executive Officer

Board of Directors

Dennis Eidson
Chairman 

Arif Dar*
Senior Vice President, Information Technology and Chief Information Officer

M. Shân Atkins1, 2
Independent Business Executive, former partner Bain & Company

Tammy R. Hurley*
Vice President, Finance and Chief Accounting Officer

Robert Kirch
Executive Vice President and President, Caito Foods, LLC

Kathleen M. Mahoney*
President, MDV, Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary

Larry Pierce*
Executive Vice President, Merchandising and Marketing

Lori Raya*
Executive Vice President and Chief Merchandising and Marketing Officer

Mark Shamber*
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Thomas Swanson*
Senior Vice President and General Manager, Corporate Retail

Yvonne Trupiano*
Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources and
Corporate Affairs and Communications Officer

Pat Weslow*
Senior Vice President and General Manager, Distribution

* Executive Officer

Corporate Information

Transfer Agent
Computershare
P.O. Box 43078
Providence, Rhode Island 02940
800.622.6757 (US, Canada & Puerto Rico)
781.575.4735 (non-US)

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Deloitte & Touche LLP
Suite 600
38 Commerce Avenue SW
Grand Rapids, Michigan 49503
616.336.7900

Investor Information

On February 26, 2019 there were approximately 1,300 shareholders of 
record of SpartanNash common stock. 

SpartanNash common stock is listed on NASDAQ under the trading 
symbol “SPTN.”

A copy of SpartanNash’s Annual Report to the Securities and Exchange 
Commission on Form 10-K for the year ended December 29, 2018, may 
be obtained by any shareholder without charge by writing to:

SpartanNash Company 
c/o Investor Relations 
850 76th Street SW 
Mailcode: GR761214 
P.O. Box 8700 
Grand Rapids, Michigan 49518-8700 
616.878.8793 
spartannash.com

Dr. Frank M. Gambino2
Professor of Marketing and Director of Food & Consumer Packaged 
Goods Marketing Program in the Haworth College of Business at 
Western Michigan University

Douglas A. Hacker1, 3
Independent Business Executive, former Executive Vice President, 
Strategy for UAL Corporation

Yvonne R. Jackson1, 3
President, Principal and Co-Founder of Beecher Jackson, former 
Senior Vice President, Corporate Human Resources of Pfizer, Inc.

Matthew Mannelly2
Retired President and Chief Executive Officer of Prestige Brands

Elizabeth A. Nickels1, 2
Independent Business Executive, former Chief Financial Officer of 
Herman Miller and President of Herman Miller Healthcare

Major General (Ret.) Hawthorne L. Proctor2
Managing Partner of Proctor & Boone Consulting LLC; 
Senior Logistics Consultant of Intelligent Decisions, Inc.

David M. Staples
President and Chief Executive Officer of SpartanNash

William R. Voss1, 3
Managing Director of Lake Pacific Partners, LLC

1 Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
2 Audit Committee
3 Compensation Committee

SpartanNash received the following 
honors and awards in 2018:

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

• 

• 

• 

Winning Company – 2020 Women on Boards
Top 3PL & Cold Storage Provider – Food Logistics
Top Green Provider – Food Logistics
Retail Patriot Award – Frozen & Refrigerated Buyer
Best and Brightest Companies to Work For Top 101 in the Nation® 
– The National Association for Business Resources
Golden Penguin Award, Silver winner – National Frozen and 
Refrigerated Foods Association
Corporate Social Responsibility Awards, Winner, Fundraising and 
Philanthropic Initiative – PR Daily
Corporate Social Responsibility Awards, Honorable mention, 
Green and Environmental Stewardship – PR Daily
Corporate Social Responsibility Awards, Honorable mention, 
Employee Volunteer Program – PR Daily
Retail Role Model – Produce for Better Health Foundation
Top Women in Grocery (15 honorees) – Progressive Grocer
SmartWay partner – U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Most Influential Corporate Board Directors – WomenInc.
Corporate Sponsor of the Year – Habitat for Humanity of Michigan
Veteran-Friendly Employer, Silver level – Michigan Veterans  
Affairs Agency
Michigan’s Best and Brightest in Wellness® – The National 
Association for Business Resources
West Michigan’s 101 Best and Brightest Companies to Work For® 
– The National Association for Business Resources
Outstanding State Organization Award – Special Olympics  
North Dakota

 
At SpartanNash, we understand that our business decisions, products and 
services and our operations have a direct impact on the environment and 
our communities, customers and associates. Our social responsibility and 
environmental sustainability programs together make up our broader  
SpartanNash Corporate Responsibility commitment. 

Learn more at spartannash.com/corp-responsibility.

850 76th Street SW  |  PO Box 8700  |  Grand Rapids, MI  49518-8700  |  spartannash.com